「宝石经行品注释」这一部分,是对《宝石经行品》进行解释的篇章。显示巴利原文
1. Ratanacaṅkamanakaṇḍavaṇṇanā
娑婆世界主梵天,合掌向无上士恳请道:“于此世间,有尘垢微薄之众生,愿垂悲悯,为他们开示正法。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Brahmā ca lokādhipatī sahampatī, katañjalī anadhivaraṃ ayācatha; Santīdha sattāpparajakkhajātikā, desehi dhammaṃ anukampimaṃ paja’’nti. –
此处,为何不像“一时,世尊住王舍城竹林精舍,即松鼠饲食处”等经典那样,以“一时,世尊住释迦族迦毗罗卫城榕树园。那时,尊者舍利弗来到世尊前,顶礼后请问世尊佛陀种姓之历史”这样的方式来说缘起,反而以“娑婆世界主梵天合掌向无上士请求……”这样的方式来说缘起呢?答:这是为了表明,世尊开示一切法,皆以梵天请法为因缘。显示巴利原文
Ādinayappavattassa abbhantaranidānassa atthavaṇṇanā hoti.
这首偈颂,是那为了说法而受梵天劝请的胜利者——佛陀,于何时、何处、由谁宣说的?显示巴利原文
Ettha ‘‘ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe’’tiādisuttantesu viya – ‘‘ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ apucchī’’ti evamādinā nayena nidānaṃ avatvā kasmā ‘‘brahmā ca lokādhipatī sahampatī, katañjalī anadhivaraṃ ayācathā’’tiādinā nayena nidānaṃ vuttanti? Vuccate – bhagavato sabbadhammadesanākāraṇabhūtāya brahmuno dhammadesanāyācanāya sandassanatthaṃ vuttanti.
这是世尊成佛后,在第八个七天里,为了说法而接受梵天恳切劝请时所宣说的。于此有着这样的传承:据说,我们的大士发了决意之心后,在大出离的那天,见到宫中内院那些四肢摊开、姿容暴露、令人心生厌恶、横躺着的侍女与舞女等,内心生起极大厌离。于是,他唤来在一旁侍立的车匿,吩咐道:“去把我那匹名为犍陟、健壮足以战场杀敌的骏马牵来!”车匿牵来犍陟马,他便与车匿一同骑上骏马。当时,守护城门的女神为他打开了城门。出城后,他在当夜所剩余的时间中,连续跨越了三个王国,于阿那玛河岸边停驻。他对车匿说:“车匿,你带着我这些与众不同的饰物,还有骏马犍陟,返回迦毗罗卫城去吧。”遣回车匿后,他以那把锋利如黑蛇的宝刀割断了发髻,并将发髻抛向空中,说道:“若我当成佛,愿此发髻悬空不落。”那发髻便停在了空中。随后,他接受了天人所化现而供养的衣钵,自行完成了出家。之后,他次第游行,渡过了风吹波涌、奔流不息的恒河,进入了如珠宝网光闪耀的王舍城。在那里,他具足三十二种大人之相。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kadāyaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ, ajjhiṭṭho brahmunā jino;
那时,在优楼频螺的些那尼嘎玛村,有一位名叫苏佳塔的少女,她是村中富豪之女,已经长大成人。她曾在某棵孟加拉榕树下许下心愿:‘如果我能够嫁到门当户对的同种姓家庭,并且头一胎就生下儿子,那么我将奉献供品来祭祀。’后来,她的这个愿望实现了。就在卫塞月满月那一天,她心想:‘今天正是我要献供祭祀的日子。’于是一大早,她就煮好了不需费太多功夫、味道极其甘美的乳糜。显示巴利原文
Kadā kattha ca kenāyaṃ, gāthā hi samudīritā’’ti.
菩萨也在那一天清洁身体,等到乞食的时候,一早便前往那棵榕树下坐下。那时,善生的乳母、名叫富楼那的女仆前去树下清扫,看见菩萨面朝东方而坐,身上的光芒如同被夕阳与晨光照耀的金色山峰一般庄严,能驱散黑暗,令莲池绽放。如同太阳照临树顶,这位牟尼也如太阳般照临树木。她见菩萨身光将整棵树都映成了金色,心想:‘今天,我们的天神从树上下来,想亲手接受供祭,所以坐在这里。’便急忙回去禀告善生。显示巴利原文
Vuccate – buddhabhūtassa pana bhagavato aṭṭhame sattāhe satthā dhammadesanatthāya brahmunā ajjhiṭṭho āyācito. Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – mahāpuriso kira katābhinīhāro mahābhinikkhamanadivase vivaṭapākaṭabībhacchasayanāsanaceṭikā nāṭakitthiyo disvā atīva saṃviggahadayo paṭekadesāvacchannaṃ channaṃ āmantetvā – ‘‘arinaravaramanthakaṃ kaṇḍakaṃ nāma turaṅgavaramāharā’’ti kaṇḍakaṃ āharāpetvā channasahāyo varaturaṅgamāruyha nagaradvāre adhivatthāya devatāya nagaradvāre vivaṭe nagarato nikkhamitvā tīṇi rajjāni tena rattāvasesena atikkamitvā anomasatto anomāya nāma nadiyā tīre ṭhatvā channamevamāha – ‘‘channa, tvaṃ mama imāni aññehi asādhāraṇāni ābharaṇāni kaṇḍakañca varaturaṅgamādāya kapilapuraṃ gacchāhī’’ti channaṃ vissajjetvā asitoraganīluppalasadisenāsinā sakesamakuṭaṃ chinditvā ākāse ukkhipitvā devadattiyaṃ pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā sayameva pabbajitvā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno anilabalasamuddhutataraṅgabhaṅgaṃ asaṅgaṃ gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttaritvā maṇigaṇaraṃsijālavijjotitarājagahaṃ rājagahaṃ nāma nagaraṃ pavisitvā tattha issariyamadamattaṃ janaṃ parihāsento viya ca uddhatavesassa janassa lajjamuppādayamāno viya ca vayakantīhi nāgarajanahadayāni attani bandhanto viya ca dvatiṃsavaramahāpurisalakkhaṇavirājitāya rūpasiriyā sabbajananayanāni vilumpamāno viya ca rūpīpādasañcaro puññasañcayo viya ca pabbato viya ca gamanena nissaṅgo santindriyo santamānaso yugamattaṃ pekkhamāno rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā yāpanamattaṃ bhattaṃ gahetvā nagarato nikkhamitvā paṇḍavapabbatapasse chāyūdakasampanne sucibhūmibhāge paramaramaṇīye pavivitte okāse nisīditvā paṭisaṅkhānabalena missakabhattaṃ paribhuñjitvā paṇḍavagirānusārena bimbisārena magadhamahārājena mahāpurisassa santikaṃ gantvā nāmagottaṃ pucchitvā tena pamuditahadayena ‘‘mama rajjabhāgaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti rajjena nimantiyamāno – ‘‘alaṃ, mahārāja, na mayhaṃ rajjenattho ahaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya lokahitatthāya padhānamanuyuñjitvā loke vivaṭacchado buddho bhavissāmīti nikkhanto’’ti vatvā tena ca ‘‘buddho hutvā sabbapaṭhamaṃ mama vijitaṃ osareyyāthā’’ti vutto ‘sādhū’ti tassa paṭiññaṃ datvā āḷārañca udakañca upasaṅkamitvā tesaṃ dhammadesanāya sāraṃ avindanto tato pakkamitvā uruvelāyaṃ chabbassāni dukkarakārikaṃ karontopi amataṃ adhigantuṃ asakkonto oḷārikāhārapaṭisevanena sarīraṃ santappesi.
那时,在优楼频罗的将军村,将军村家主的女儿善生少女到了适婚年龄,曾在一棵榕树下许愿:‘如果我嫁入同种姓的好人家,第一胎便能得子,我就做一次供养。’她的这个心愿实现了。在毗舍佉月圆日那天,她想‘今天我要做供养’,清晨便毫不费力地煮出了极为甘美的乳粥。菩萨也在那一天清洁身体,等到乞食之时,一早便走到那棵榕树下坐下。这时,她的乳母、名叫富楼那的女仆为了清扫树下而前去,看见菩萨面朝东方世界而坐,身体闪耀着光芒,如同被晚霞映照的殊胜金山之巅,能破除黑暗、令莲园绽放,又如同穿破浓云的日轮照临树王,这位牟尼也如日轮般照临树王。她见菩萨身光令整棵树呈现金色,心想:‘今天,我们的天神从树上下来,想亲手接受供养,所以坐在这里。’便迅速跑去禀告善生。显示巴利原文
Tadā pana uruvelāyaṃ senānigame senānigamakuṭumbikassa dhītā sujātā nāma dārikā vayappattā ekasmiṃ nigrodharukkhe patthanamakāsi – ‘‘sacāhaṃ samajātikaṃ kulagharaṃ gantvā paṭhamagabbhe puttaṃ labhissāmi, balikammaṃ karissāmī’’ti. Tassā sā patthanā samijjhi. Sā vesākhapuṇṇamadivase ‘‘ajja balikammaṃ karissāmī’’ti pātova pāyāsaṃ anāyāsaṃ paramamadhuraṃ sampaṭipādesi. Bodhisattopi tadaheva katasarīrapaṭijaggano bhikkhācārakālaṃ āgamayamāno pātova gantvā tasmiṃ nigrodharukkhamūle nisīdi. Atha kho puṇṇā nāma dāsī tassā dhātī rukkhamūlasodhanatthāya gatā bodhisattaṃ pācīnalokadhātuṃ olokayamānaṃ nisinnaṃ sañjhāppabhānurañjitavarakanakagirisikharasadisasarīrasobhaṃ timiranikaranidhānakaraṃ kamalavanavikasanakaraṃ ghanavivaramupagataṃ divasakaramiva taruvaramupagataṃ munidivasakaramaddasa. Sarīrato cassa nikkhantāhi pabhāhi sakalañca taṃ rukkhaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ disvā tassā etadahosi – ‘‘ajja amhākaṃ devatā rukkhato oruyha sahattheneva baliṃ paṭiggahetukāmā hutvā nisinnā’’ti. Sā vegena gantvā sujātāya etamatthaṃ ārocesi.
于是,善生心中生起信心,以各种璎珞装饰自己,将极为甘美的蜂蜜乳粥盛满价值十万金的纯金钵,再用另一个金钵盖上,顶在头上,朝榕树走去。她一路走来,远远望见那位菩萨——如同树神一般,以其身光使整棵树变为金色,仿佛有形的福德之聚端坐在那里。善生心生喜悦与欢喜,以为‘这是树神’。她从见到菩萨的地方起,便低下身恭敬地走上前去,从头顶取下金钵,安放在大士手中,以五体投地顶礼,说道:‘如我心中的愿望已成就一般,愿您的愿望也同样成就!’说完便离开了。显示巴利原文
Tato sujātā sañjātasaddhā hutvā sabbālaṅkārena alaṅkaritvā satasahassagghanikaṃ suvaṇṇapātiṃ paramamadhurassa madhupāyāsassa pūretvā aparāya suvaṇṇapātiyā pidahitvā sīsenādāya nigrodharukkhābhimukhī agamāsi. Sā gacchantī dūratova taṃ bodhisattaṃ rukkhadevatamiva sakalaṃ taṃ rukkhaṃ sarīrappabhāya suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ katvā puññasañcayamiva rūpavantaṃ nisinnaṃ disvā pītisomanassajātā sujātā ‘‘rukkhadevatā’’ti saññāya diṭṭhaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya onatonatā gantvā sīsato taṃ suvaṇṇapātiṃ otāretvā mahāsattassa hatthe ṭhapetvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā – ‘‘yathā mama manoratho nipphanno, evaṃ tumhākampi nipphajjatū’’ti vatvā pakkāmi.
当时,菩萨也拿起金钵,来到尼连禅河岸边,在名为善安立的渡口放下金钵。沐浴上岸后,他将那乳粥捏成四十九团而受用。随后,他决意:‘若我今日能成佛,愿此金钵逆流而上。’便投钵于水。那金钵果然逆流而行,进入迦罗龙王的宫殿,撞开过去三尊佛的食钵,停在了它们下方。显示巴利原文
Atha kho bodhisattopi suvaṇṇapātiṃ gahetvā nerañjarāya nadiyā tīraṃ gantvā suppatiṭṭhitassa nāma titthassa tīre suvaṇṇapātiṃ ṭhapetvā nhatvā paccuttaritvā ekūnapaññāsapiṇḍe karonto taṃ pāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā – ‘‘sacāhaṃ ajja buddho bhavissāmi, ayaṃ suvaṇṇapāti paṭisotaṃ gacchatū’’ti khipi. Sā pāti paṭisotaṃ gantvā kāḷassa nāma nāgarājassa bhavanaṃ pavisitvā tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ thālakāni ukkhipitvā tesaṃ heṭṭhā aṭṭhāsi.
大士即在那片树林中度过白日的安住。到了傍晚时分,一位名叫吉祥的割草人认出了大人之相,供养了八把草。大士拿起这些草,登上菩提道场,站在南方区域。但那处地方却如莲叶上的水珠一般震动。大人心想:‘这地方不堪承受我的功德。’于是走向西方区域,那里也出现同样的震动;又走向北方区域,照样震动;再走向东方区域。在那里,有一处恰好如跏趺座大小的地方变得稳固不动。大人确定:‘此处即是摧毁烦恼之处。’他捏住草梢一抖,那些草便如同被棉端切断一般齐整。菩萨决意:‘若不证得菩提,我绝不破此跏趺座!’策励四正勤的精进,结跏趺座,背靠菩提树,面朝东方而坐。显示巴利原文
Mahāsatto tattheva vanasaṇḍe divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā sāyanhasamaye sotthiyena nāma tiṇahārakena mahāpurisassa ākāraṃ ñatvā dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā bodhimaṇḍamāruyha dakkhiṇadisābhāge aṭṭhāsi. So pana padeso paduminipatte udakabindu viya akampittha. Mahāpuriso – ‘‘ayaṃ padeso mama guṇaṃ dhāretuṃ asamattho’’ti pacchimadisābhāgamagamāsi. Sopi tatheva kampittha. Puna uttaradisābhāgamagamāsi. Sopi tatheva kampittha. Puna puratthimadisābhāgamagamāsi. Tattha pallaṅkappamāṇaṭṭhānaṃ niccalaṃ ahosi. Mahāpuriso – ‘‘idaṃ ṭhānaṃ kilesaviddhaṃsanaṭṭhāna’’nti sanniṭṭhānaṃ katvā tāni tiṇāni agge gahetvā cālesi. Tāni tūlikaggena paricchinnāni viya ahesuṃ. Bodhisatto – ‘‘bodhiṃ apatvāva imaṃ pallaṅkaṃ na bhindissāmī’’ti caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā bodhikkhandhaṃ piṭṭhito katvā puratthābhimukho nisīdi.
就在那一刻,名为世界压迫者的魔王化现出千臂,骑上那高达一百五十由旬、顶如雪山、名为持山象的无上象王敌象,由持着九由旬长的弓、刀、斧、箭、标枪等兵器的稠密魔军四面围绕,如山一般压来,向大士逼近。大士在太阳尚未落山时,便摧破了这无边的魔军。此时,菩提树的新芽如同绽放的胜妙喜花,又如红珊瑚的新枝般悦目,纷纷飘落在他袈裟上,仿佛欢喜地作着供养。于初夜分,他证得宿住随念智;于中夜分,他清净天眼智;于后夜分,他以智慧观察缘起,思惟轮回与还灭,终于在黎明时,成为佛。显示巴利原文
Taṅkhaṇaññeva sabbalokābhihāro māro bāhusahassaṃ māpetvā diyaḍḍhayojanasatikaṃ himagirisikharasadisaṃ girimekhalaṃ nāma arivaravāraṇaṃ varavāraṇaṃ abhiruyha navayojanikena dhanuasipharasusarasattisabalenātibahalena mārabalena samparivuto samantā pabbato viya ajjhottharanto mahāsapattaṃ viya mahāsattaṃ samupāgami. Mahāpuriso sūriye dharanteyeva atitumūlaṃ mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā vikasitajayasumanakusumasadisassa cīvarassa upari patamānehi rattapavālaṅkurasadisaruciradassanehi bodhirukkhaṅkurehi pītiyā viya pūjiyamāno eva paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ labhitvā majjhimayāme dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ visodhetvā pacchimayāme paṭiccasamuppāde ñāṇaṃ otāretvā vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ sammasanto aruṇodaye buddho hutvā –
我流转多生轮回,无休无息;
为寻造屋者(渴爱),却遍寻不见;一再地受生,确是苦事。
造屋者!你已被我见到,你将不再建造房屋;
你所有椽子皆已断折,屋顶亦已崩坏;
心已达无为,证得诸爱灭尽。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ; Gahakāraṃ gavesanto, dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ. ‘‘Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi; Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, gahakūṭaṃ visaṅkhataṃ; Visaṅkhāragataṃ cittaṃ, taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti. (dha. pa. 153-154) –
世尊诵出此优陀那——‘我经历多生轮回……到达诸爱灭尽’——之后,以体验解脱之乐度过七日。第八天,他从等至中出定,了知诸天神的疑惑,为消除其疑,飞升空中示现双神变。消除疑惑后,他从跏趺座上稍稍朝东北方站立,作意:‘正是在此跏趺座上,我证得了一切知智。’他以不瞬之眼凝视跏趺座与菩提树——那正是他圆满四阿僧祇与十万劫波罗蜜的证果之处;如此度过七日,该地便称为‘不瞬塔’。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ udānaṃ udānetvā sattāhaṃ vimuttisukhapaṭisevanena vītināmetvā aṭṭhame divase samāpattito vuṭṭhāya devatānaṃ kaṅkhaṃ ñatvā tāsaṃ kaṅkhāvidhamanatthaṃ ākāse uppatitvā yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā tāsaṃ kaṅkhaṃ vidhamitvā pallaṅkato īsakaṃ pācīnanissite uttaradisābhāge ṭhatvā – ‘‘imasmiṃ vata me pallaṅke sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ paṭividdha’’nti cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pūritānaṃ pāramīnaṃ phalādhigamaṭṭhānaṃ pallaṅkañceva bodhirukkhañca animisehi akkhīhi olokayamāno sattāhaṃ vītināmesi, taṃ ṭhānaṃ animisacetiyaṃ nāma jātaṃ.
那时,在宝座与站立处之间,有一条东西向延伸的宝石经行道。世尊在那里经行,度过了七天,那地方便被称为「宝石经行塔」。接着,西方区域的天人们变现出一座名为「宝石屋」的殿堂。世尊在那里结跏趺坐,为审察阿毗达摩藏——特别是其中包含无边方法、周遍一切的《发趣论》——而度过了七天,那地方便被称为「宝石屋塔」。这样,在菩提树附近度过了四个七日之后,第五七日他从菩提树下前往阿阇波罗尼拘律树,在那里同样审察法并感受解脱之乐,在阿阇波罗尼拘律树下度过了七天。显示巴利原文
Atha pallaṅkassa ca ṭhitaṭṭhānassa ca antare puratthimapacchimato āyate ratanacaṅkame caṅkamanto sattāhaṃ vītināmesi, taṃ ṭhānaṃ ratanacaṅkamacetiyaṃ nāma jātaṃ. Tato pacchimadisābhāge devatā ratanagharaṃ nāma māpesuṃ, tattha pallaṅkena nisīditvā abhidhammapiṭakaṃ visesato cettha anantanayasamantapaṭṭhānaṃ vicinanto sattāhaṃ vītināmesi. Taṃ ṭhānaṃ ratanagharacetiyaṃ nāma jātaṃ. Evaṃ bodhisamīpeyeva cattāri sattāhāni vītināmetvā pañcame sattāhe bodhirukkhamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami; tatthāpi dhammaṃ vicinantoyeva vimuttisukhañca paṭisaṃvedento ajapālanigrodhe sattāhaṃ vītināmesi.
随后七日,他安坐在目支邻陀处。世尊刚刚坐下,一场充满整个轮围界的大非时云便生起了。那云生起时,龙王目支邻陀心想:“这场大云在导师刚进入我的住处时就生起,他应当得到一个安住的住所。”龙王虽有能力化现出与天宫相似、七宝所成的天宫,但转念又想:“那样做的话,对我不会有大果报,我应以身体服侍十力者的身体。”于是他化现出极为庞大的身躯,用身体缠绕导师七圈,并在上方张开巨大的头冠,立在那里。那时,世尊就在那围绕的内部,如同处在由一切宝石所成、珍贵无比的座上,上方垂悬着种种芬芳的花鬘天盖,弥漫着各种妙香,宛如居住在香殿中一般而住。就这样,世尊在那里度过了七天,之后又在接下来的七天,坐在王苑中。在那里,他同样纯粹感受解脱之乐。至此,七个七日全部圆满了。在这期间,世尊以禅那之乐与果定之乐度过。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ aparaṃ sattāhaṃ mucalinde nisīdi. Tassa nisinnamattasseva bhagavato sakalacakkavāḷagabbhaṃ pūrento mahāakālamegho udapādi. Tasmiṃ pana uppanne mucalindo nāgarājā cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ mahāmegho satthari mayhaṃ bhavanaṃ paviṭṭhamatte uppanno vāsāgāramassa laddhuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. So sattaratanamayaṃ devavimānasadisaṃ dibbavimānaṃ nimminituṃ samatthopi evaṃ kate – ‘‘na mayhaṃ mahapphalaṃ bhavissati, dasabalassa kāyaveyyāvaccaṃ karissāmī’’ti atimahantaṃ attabhāvaṃ katvā satthāraṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā upari mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ katvā aṭṭhāsi. Atha bhagavā parikkhepassa antova mahati okāse sabbaratanamaye paccagghapallaṅke upari viniggalantavividhasurabhikusumadāmavitāne vividhasurabhigandhavāsite gandhakuṭiyaṃ viharanto viya vihāsi. Evaṃ bhagavā taṃ sattāhaṃ tattha vītināmetvā tato aparaṃ sattāhaṃ rājāyatane nisīdi. Tatthāpi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvediyeva. Ettāvatā sattasattāhāni paripuṇṇāni ahesuṃ. Etthantare bhagavā jhānasukhena phalasukhena ca vītināmesi.
七个七日结束后,他生起了“我要洗脸”的念头。帝释天取来无病的诃梨勒,递给了他。然后,帝释天又给了他龙蔓齿木和洗脸用水。世尊嚼了齿木,用阿耨达池水洗了脸,在王苑树下坐下。那时,四天王呈上珍贵的石钵,世尊接受了商人多波富沙和跋利迦供养的炒面与蜜丸。食用之后,他返回阿阇波罗尼拘律树下坐下。就在那里坐下时,他审视自己所证得的法的甚深之相,心中生起了一切诸佛惯常的思惟:“我所证得的这个法,甚深、难见、难解、寂静、微妙、超越寻思、微细、唯智者能知。”由此,他生起了不愿为他人说法的心,这种「遍寻」便随即生起。显示巴利原文
Athassa sattasattāhātikkame – ‘‘mukhaṃ dhovissāmī’’ti cittaṃ uppajji. Sakko devānamindo agadaharītakaṃ āharitvā adāsi. Athassa sakko nāgalatādantakaṭṭhañca mukhadhovanaudakañca adāsi. Tato bhagavā dantakaṭṭhaṃ khāditvā anotattadahodakena mukhaṃ dhovitvā rājāyatanamūle nisīdi. Tasmiṃ samaye catūhi lokapālehi upanīte paccagghe selamaye patte tapussabhallikānaṃ vāṇijānaṃ manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca paṭiggahetvā paribhuñjitvā paccāgantvā ajapālanigrodharukkhamūle nisīdi. Athassa tattha nisinnamattasseva attanā adhigatassa dhammassa gambhīrabhāvaṃ paccavekkhantassa sabbabuddhānaṃ āciṇṇo – ‘‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo’’ti (ma. ni. 2.281; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 7) paresaṃ dhammaṃ adesetukāmatākārappatto parivitakko udapādi.
那时,娑婆主梵天以自己的心了知十力世尊心中的思察后,感叹道:“这世间,确实要灭亡了啊!这世间,确实要败坏啊!”他发出一万轮围界梵天众的围绕,由帝释天、夜摩天、兜率天王、化乐天王、他化自在天王随从而来,来到世尊面前,立于前。他为了获得站立之处,化现出一片大地,将右膝跪在大地上,双手合十,十指紧密并拢,如同清净无垢、闪耀光泽的莲苞,举至头顶,恳请道:“愿世尊说法!愿善逝说法!世间有众生只覆盖着微少的尘垢,若不能听闻法,便会退堕;(若听闻法,)世间必定会有了悟法者出现。”显示巴利原文
Atha brahmā sahampati dasabalassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya – ‘‘nassati vata, bho, loko, vinassati vata, bho, loko’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.172; ma. ni. 1.282; mahāva. 8) vācaṃ nicchārento dasasahassacakkavāḷabrahmagaṇaparivuto sakkasuyāmasantusitaparanimmitavasavattīhi anugato āgantvā bhagavato purato pāturahosi. So attano patiṭṭhānatthāya pathaviṃ nimminitvā dakkhiṇaṃ jāṇumaṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ nihantvā jalajāmalāvikalakamalamakulasadisaṃ dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalamañjaliṃ sirasmiṃ katvā – ‘‘desetu, bhante , bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ, santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 8) –
往昔在摩揭陀国曾出现一种不净之法,那是由染污者所构思出来的法。
请开启这不死之门吧!愿众生听闻由无垢者所等觉的法。
如同立于山巅的岩石,可以遍观四方的人群,
同样地,善慧者,你登上了法所成的殿堂,普眼者啊,
请俯视那些沉溺于忧悲的众生,以及被生与老所征服的人们,你这离忧者啊。
起来吧,英雄!已胜烦恼之战者!商队领袖!无债者!游化世间吧!
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe, dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito; Apāpuretaṃ amatassa dvāraṃ, suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhaṃ. ‘‘Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito, yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato; Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha, pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu; Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatamapetasoko, avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṃ. ‘‘Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma, satthavāha anaṇa vicara loke; Desassu bhagavā dhammaṃ, aññātāro bhavissantī’’ti. (ma. ni. 1.282; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 8) –
你们难道不曾发愿:‘我是觉者,当令他人觉悟;我已渡越,当令他人渡越;我已解脱,当令他人解脱’吗?显示巴利原文
‘‘Nanu tumhehi ‘buddho bodheyyaṃ tiṇṇo tāreyyaṃ mutto moceyya’’’nti –
我何必佯装不知?我已于此亲证正法,
证得一切知性已,我将度脱含诸天的世间。」
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kiṃ me aññātavesena, dhammaṃ sacchikatenidha; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, tārayissaṃ sadevaka’’nti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.55) –
他想:「世尊已发愿,圆满波罗蜜,证得一切知性。若世尊不说法,更有何人能为世间说法?世间除正法外,更有何为皈依、庇护、避难所、彼岸?」梵天以如是种种方式,恳请世尊说法。因此说道:「世尊成佛后的第八个七日,导师为梵天所请,为说法故。」显示巴利原文
Patthanaṃ katvā pāramiyo pūretvā sabbaññubhāvaṃ pattoti ca, ‘‘tumhehi dhamme adesiyamāne ko hi nāma añño dhammaṃ desessati, kimaññaṃ lokassa saraṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ parāyana’’nti ca evamādīhi anekehi nayehi bhagavantaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ ayāci. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘buddhabhūtassa pana bhagavato aṭṭhame sattāhe satthā dhammadesanatthāya brahmunā āyācito’’ti.
现在正是解答“此偈于何时、何处、由谁所说”这些问题的恰当时机。其中,“于何时所说?”答:于第一次结集时所说。所谓“第一次结集”,当依《结集品》(《小品》437)所述之理来理解。“于何处、由谁所说?”应如此理解:据说,世尊般涅槃后,在王舍城毗婆罗山侧的七叶窟门前,降伏一切怨敌的摩揭陀王阿阇世,为结集法义而建了一座庄严殿堂,壮丽如满月轮。就在这座殿堂中,阿难长老升于法座,宣说了“梵天及世间主”这一偈颂。这便是此处偈颂的缘起关联。显示巴利原文
Idāni ‘‘kadā kattha ca kenāyaṃ, gāthā hi samudīritā’’ti imesaṃ pañhānaṃ vissajjanāya okāso anuppatto. Tattha kadā vuttāti? Paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vuttā. Paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti nāmesā saṅgītikkhandhe (cūḷava. 437) vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Kattha kena vuttāti? Bhagavati kira parinibbute rājagahanagare vebhārapabbatapasse sattapaṇṇiguhādvāre vijitasabbasattunā ajātasattunā magadhamahārājena dhammasaṅgāyanatthaṃ kārite paripuṇṇacandamaṇḍalasaṅkāse daṭṭhabbasāramaṇḍe maṇḍape dhammāsanagatenāyasmatā ānandattherena ‘‘brahmā ca lokādhipatī’’ti ayaṃ gāthā vuttāti veditabbā. Ayamettha gāthāsambandho.
“这位胜者何时受梵天劝请,为说正法之故;
以及这首偈颂,是何时、何处、由谁所说?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kadāyaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ, ajjhiṭṭho brahmunā jino; Kadā kattha ca kenāyaṃ, gāthā hi samudīritā’’ti. –
此偈颂的意义也已阐明。如是,依此关联,我们将为其中隐晦难解的词句作释。显示巴利原文
Ayampi gāthā vuttatthā hoti. Evaṃ iminā sambandhena vuttāya panassā anuttānapadavaṇṇanaṃ karissāma.
其中,“梵天”(brahmā)意为:由种种殊胜功德所增长广大,故称梵天。然而,此“梵天”(brahma)一词,亦见于指称大梵天、婆罗门、如来、父母、最胜者等语境中。例如,在“二千梵天”(dvisahasso brahmā)等句中,所指即是大梵天。显示巴利原文
Tattha brahmāti brūhito tehi tehi guṇavisesehīti brahmā. Ayaṃ pana brahma-saddo mahābrahmabrāhmaṇatathāgatamātāpituseṭṭhādīsu dissati. Tathā hi ‘‘dvisahasso brahmā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.166) mahābrahmāti adhippeto.
除暗的佛陀,具足一切眼,到达世间边际,超越一切有;
漏尽者、断一切苦者,名为真实,此即我所亲近的梵天。」(《经集》1139)——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tamonudo buddho samantacakkhu, lokantagū sabbabhavātivatto; Anāsavo sabbadukkhappahīno, saccavhayo brahme upāsito me’’ti. (su. ni. 1139) –
此处「梵天」指婆罗门。于「诸比丘!事实上,『梵天』是对如来的称呼」句中,此处「梵天」指如来。于「梵天,是人们对父母、先前的老师们的称呼」(《增支部》3.31; 4.63; 《小部·如是语》106; 《本生经》2.20.181)句中,此处「梵天」指父母。于「转动梵轮」(《中部》1.148; 《相应部》2.21; 《增支部》4.8; 5.11; 《无碍解道》2.44)句中,此处「梵天」指最胜者。不过,在此处语境中,所指的是:因修习殊胜的初禅,命终后投生于初禅地,拥有长达一劫寿命的大梵天(参见《中部》注疏 1.3)。而「ca」字表示集合,其含义为:大梵天以及十千轮围世界中的其他梵天们;或者,它仅是用于填充音节,令文句完整。关于「世界主」(lokādhipati):其中,「世界」涵盖行世界、有情世界、空间世界三种。在此三种世界中,此处指的是有情世界。因他是彼世界的主宰、统治者,故称「世界主」。如同「天主」、「人主」一般,即使只是显示巴利原文
Ettha brāhmaṇo. ‘‘Brahmāti kho, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti ettha tathāgato. ‘‘Brahmāti mātāpitaro pubbācariyāti vuccare’’ti (a. ni. 3.31; 4.63; itivu. 106; jā. 2.20.181) ettha mātāpitaro. ‘‘Brahmacakkaṃ pavattetī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.148; saṃ. ni. 2.21; a. ni. 4.8; 5.11; paṭi. ma. 2.44) ettha seṭṭho adhippeto. Idha pana paṭhamajjhānaṃ paṇītaṃ bhāvetvā paṭhamajjhānabhūmiyaṃ nibbatto kappāyuko mahābrahmā adhippeto (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.3). Ca-saddo sampiṇḍanattho, brahmā ca aññe ca dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu brahmāno cāti attho, padapūraṇamatto vā. Lokādhipatīti ettha lokoti saṅkhāraloko sattaloko okāsalokoti tayo lokā. Tesu idha sattaloko adhippeto. Tassa issaro adhipatīti lokādhipati, lokekadesassāpi adhipati lokādhipatīti vuccati devādhipati narādhipati viya.
“娑婆主”(Sahampati):据说,在迦叶佛世尊的教法中,有一位名为Sahaka的长老,他证得初禅后便安住其中、不曾退失。命终之时,投生至初禅地,成为一位寿长一劫的大梵天。在那里,众人称他为“娑婆主梵天”。按说本应称作“Sahakapati”,但在语言的惯用中,插入一个随韵音之后,便约定俗成地叫作“娑婆主”了。“合掌者”(katañjalī):即已合掌的意思,也就是将合拢的双掌恭敬地举至头顶。“无上者”(anadhivara):指绝对的最殊胜者,因为没有再超越他之上的,所以称为“无上者”;或者说,没有比他更高的殊胜存在,因此叫作“无上者”,也就是“无上”之义。此处所说的“无上者”,即是此意。“他请求”(ayācatha):意思就是他前去恳请、祈请了。显示巴利原文
Sahampatīti so kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane sahako nāma thero paṭhamajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā aparihīnajjhāno jīvitapariyosāne paṭhamajjhānabhūmiyaṃ kappāyukamahābrahmā hutvā nibbatto, tatra pana naṃ ‘‘sahampati brahmā’’ti sañjānanti. ‘‘Sahakapatī’’ti vattabbe anussarāgamaṃ katvā ruḷhīvasena ‘‘sahampatī’’ti vadanti. Katañjalīti katañjaliko, añjalipuṭaṃ sirasi katvāti attho. Anadhivaranti accantavaro adhivaro nāssa atthīti anadhivaro, na tato adhiko varo atthīti vā anadhivaro, anuttaroti attho, taṃ anadhivaraṃ. Ayācathāti ayācittha ajjhesi.
现在,为了说明那位梵天是为何事而向世尊祈请,便说出了“santīdha sattā”这段话。其中,“存在”(santi)的意思是:可得、可寻获,也就是指那些出现在佛陀智慧眼范围之内的有情。“在此”(idha):这是一个指示地方、处所的不变化词。或在某些处依教法而说,例如:“诸比丘!在此处,有沙门;在此处,有第二位沙门;在此处,有第三位沙门;在此处,有第四位沙门。其他宗派则空无沙门。”(《中部》1.139;《长部》2.214;《增支部》4.241)而在某些情况下,它则是指空间上的处所,比如所说——显示巴利原文
Idāni yassatthāya so bhagavantaṃ ayāci, tamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘santīdha sattā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha santīti saṃvijjanti upalabbhanti, buddhacakkhussa āpāthaṃ āgacchantā atthīti attho. Idhāti ayaṃ desāpadese nipāto . Svāyaṃ katthaci sāsanaṃ upādāya vuccati. Yathāha – ‘‘idheva, bhikkhave, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo, suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.139; dī. ni. 2.214; a. ni. 4.241). Katthaci okāsaṃ, yathāha –
“我以天神之身,伫立于此,
尊者,我又获得了生命,应当如此了知。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Idheva tiṭṭhamānassa, devabhūtassa me sato; Punarāyu ca me laddho, evaṃ jānāhi mārisā’’ti. (dī. ni. 2.369) –
有时,它仅是凑足音节的衬词。例如:‘诸比丘,我今于此,已食饱足,不复受用。’(《中部》1.30)有时,是指世间而言,例如:‘如来出现于世间,为利益大众,为安乐大众。’(《增支部》1.170)此处也应理解为指世间而言。因此,它的意思是‘于此有情世间’。‘有情’(sattā):因对色等蕴起贪爱而取著、系缚、附着、黏着,故称为有情;有情即是众生。然而,依于习惯用语,即使对于离贪者也沿用此称。显示巴利原文
Katthaci padapūraṇamattameva hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘idhāhaṃ, bhikkhave, bhuttāvī assaṃ pavārito’’ti (ma. ni. 1.30). Katthaci lokaṃ upādāya, yathāha – ‘‘idha tathāgato loke uppajjati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāyā’’ti (a. ni. 1.170). Idhāpi lokameva upādāya vuttoti veditabbo. Tasmā imasmiṃ sattaloketi attho. Sattāti rūpādīsu khandhesu chandarāgena sattā visattā āsattā laggā lagitāti sattā, sattāti pāṇino vuccanti. Ruḷhīsaddena pana vītarāgesupi ayaṃ vohāro vattatiyeva.
「少尘垢种性者」:在智慧之眼中,有少量、微细的贪嗔痴尘垢,他们的本性即是如此,故称少尘垢种性者;或者,那些仅有少量贪等尘垢者,即是少尘垢者,他们具有少尘垢的本性,故称少尘垢种性者——此处应如此理解其义。对于这些少尘垢种性者,应作格位变化,将「sattānaṃ(于众生)」与「desehi dhammaṃ(请说法)」连接起来理解其义。「请说」:这是祈请语,意为请讲说、请教导。「法」:在此,此“法”字见于教理、定、慧、本性、自性、空、福德、犯戒、所知、四谛法等处。正如:「比丘于此学习法:经、应颂、记说……乃至方广」等(《中部》1.239;《增支部》4.102),此中“法”见于教理。「那些世尊有如是法」等中,见于定。显示巴利原文
Apparajakkhajātikāti paññāmaye akkhimhi appaṃ parittaṃ rāgadosamoharajaṃ etesaṃ evaṃsabhāvā ca teti apparajakkhajātikā, appaṃ rāgādirajameva vā yesaṃ te apparajakkhā, te apparajakkhasabhāvā apparajakkhajātikāti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Tesaṃ apparajakkhajātikānaṃ. ‘‘Sattāna’’nti vibhattivipariṇāmaṃ katvā – ‘‘desehi dhamma’’nti iminā sambandhaṃ katvā attho daṭṭhabbo. Desehīti āyācanavacanametaṃ, desehi kathehi upadisāti attho. Dhammanti ettha ayaṃ dhamma-saddo pariyattisamādhipaññāpakatisabhāvasuññatāpuññaāpattiñeyyacatusaccadhammādīsu dissati. Tathā hi – ‘‘idha bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ…pe… vedalla’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.239; a. ni. 4.102) pariyattiyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Evaṃdhammā te bhagavanto ahesu’’ntiādīsu samādhimhi.
“Yassete caturo dhammā, vānarinda yathā tava;”(猴王啊,拥有这四种法的人,就像你这样;)
真实、法、坚定与施舍,具此者超越所见。」
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yassete caturo dhammā, vānarinda yathā tava; Saccaṃ dhammo dhiti cāgo, diṭṭhaṃ so ativattatī’’ti. –
在“Yassete caturo dhammā…”等处(《本生》1.2.147)中,“法”指智慧。在“Jātidhammā jarādhammā, atho maraṇadhammino”等处(《增支部》3.39)中,“法”指本性。在“Kusalā dhammā, akusalā dhammā, abyākatā dhammā”等处(《法集论·论母》)中,“法”指自性。在“Tasmiṃ kho pana samaye dhammā honti khandhā honti”等处(《法集论》121)中,“法”指空。在“Dhammo suciṇṇo sukhamāvahāti”等处(《经集》184;《长老偈》303;《本生》1.10.102;1.15.385)中,“法”指福德。在“Dve aniyatā dhammā”等处中,“法”指犯戒。在“Sabbe dhammā sabbākārena buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ āgacchanti”等(《大义释》1)中。显示巴利原文
Ādīsu (jā. 1.2.147) paññāya. ‘‘Jātidhammā jarādhammā, atho maraṇadhammino’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.39) pakatiyaṃ. ‘‘Kusalā dhammā, akusalā dhammā, abyākatā dhammā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. tikamātikā) sabhāve. ‘‘Tasmiṃ kho pana samaye dhammā honti khandhā hontī’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 121) suññatāyaṃ. ‘‘Dhammo suciṇṇo sukhamāvahātī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 184; theragā. 303; jā. 1.10.102; 1.15.385) puññe. ‘‘Dve aniyatā dhammā’’tiādīsu āpattiyaṃ. ‘‘Sabbe dhammā sabbākārena buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ āgacchantī’’tiādīsu (mahāni. 156; cūḷani. mogharājamāṇavapucchāniddesa 85) ñeyye. ‘‘Diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.299; mahāva. 27, 57) catusaccadhamme. Idhāpi catusaccadhamme daṭṭhabbo (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.suttanikkhepavaṇṇanā; dha. sa. aṭṭha. cittuppādakaṇḍa 1). Anukampāti anukampaṃ anuddayaṃ karohi. Imanti pajaṃ niddisanto āha. Pajanti pajātattā pajā, taṃ pajaṃ, sattanikāyaṃ saṃsāradukkhato mocehīti adhippāyo. Keci pana –
然而,有些人这样诵念:“Bhagavā ti lokādhipatī naruttamo(‘世尊’,即世间之主、人中最上者),
Katañjalī brahmagaṇehi yācito(为合掌的梵天众所祈请)’。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhagavāti lokādhipatī naruttamo, Katañjalī brahmagaṇehi yācito’’ti. –
有人如此诵念。至此,此偈颂的全部意义便已完全解说。显示巴利原文
Paṭhanti. Ettāvatā sabbaso ayaṃ gāthā vuttatthā hoti.
那时,世尊听闻梵天娑婆主的劝请语后,对于这位具足十力、于无量时劫中积聚悲心之力、善巧利他且智慧明敏的世尊,仅因对一切众生敞开解脱之门,大悲心便生起了。为显示世尊此悲心的生起,结集者在结集时——显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavato taṃ brahmuno sahampatissa āyācanavacanaṃ sutvā aparimitasamayasamuditakaruṇābalassa dasabalassa parahitakaraṇanipuṇamaticārassa sabbasattesu okāsakaraṇamattena mahākaruṇā udapādi. Taṃ pana bhagavato karuṇuppattiṃ dassentehi saṅgītikāle saṅgītikārakehi –
明行具足者、如如者、持最后身的光辉者;
对于如来、无与伦比者,生起了对一切众生的悲悯。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sampannavijjācaraṇassa tādino, jutindharassantimadehadhārino; Tathāgatassappaṭipuggalassa, uppajji kāruññatā sabbasatte’’ti. –
这偈颂便被安立了。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ gāthā ṭhapitā.
此处,「明行具足」:所谓「具足」,依圆满、具足、(语词的)甘美善妙而言,有三种含义。其中——显示巴利原文
Tattha sampannavijjācaraṇassāti sampannaṃ nāma tividhaṃ paripuṇṇasamaṅgimadhuravasena. Tattha –
如同这丰收具足的稻田,枭鸟们得以享用;
梵天!我告知你,此事无法阻止。(《本生》1.14.1)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sampannaṃ sālikedāraṃ, suvā bhuñjanti kosiya; Paṭivedemi te brahme, na naṃ vāretumussahe’’ti. (jā. 1.14.1) –
这称为“圆满具足”。“依此巴帝摩卡律仪而具备、完全具备、达到、完全达到、具足、完全具足”(《分别论》511),这称为“具备者具足”。“尊者!此大地的底层是具足的,犹如毫无杂色的纯蜜,如此甘美”(《波罗夷》18),这称为“甘美具足”。在此处,“圆满具足”与“具备者具足”两种意义都适用。(《中部注》1.64)“明”:因为能刺破相对之法,因为能令人了知,因为可被证知,故称为明。而这明又分为三明和八明。三明应按照《怖畏恐惧经》(《中部》1.50等)中所说的方法来理解,八明应按照《阿摩昼经》(《长部》1.278等)中所说。在该经中,将观智与意所成神通,连同六种神通,总说为八明。“行”:指戒律仪、守护根门、饮食知量、精勤警寤、信、惭、愧、多闻、精进、念住、慧具足,以及四种色界禅那——应知这十五种法就是“行”。正因为圣弟子依此十五种法而行,走向不死之境,故称为“行”。正如所说:“摩诃男!在这里,圣弟子戒行具足……”(《中部》2.24),这一切都应按照《中部》后五十经中所说的方法来理解。“明”与显示巴利原文
Idaṃ paripuṇṇasampannaṃ nāma. ‘‘Iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarena upeto hoti samupeto upagato samupagato sampanno samannāgato’’ti (vibha. 511) idaṃ samaṅgisampannaṃ nāma. ‘‘Imissā, bhante, mahāpathaviyā heṭṭhimatalaṃ sampannaṃ, seyyathāpi khuddamadhuṃ anīlakaṃ, evamassāda’’nti (pārā. 18) idaṃ madhurasampannaṃ nāma. Idha paripuṇṇasampannampi samaṅgisampannampi yujjati (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.64). Vijjāti paṭipakkhadhamme vijjhanaṭṭhena viditakaraṇaṭṭhena vinditabbaṭṭhena ca vijjā. Tā pana tissopi vijjā aṭṭhapi vijjā. Tisso vijjā bhayabheravasutte (ma. ni. 1.50 ādayo) āgatanayeneva veditabbā, aṭṭha ambaṭṭhasutte (dī. ni. 1.278 ādayo). Tatra hi vipassanāñāṇena manomayiddhiyā ca saha cha abhiññā pariggahetvā aṭṭha vijjā vuttā. Caraṇanti sīlasaṃvaro indriyesu guttadvāratā bhojane mattaññutā jāgariyānuyogo saddhā hirī ottappaṃ bāhusaccaṃ āraddhavīriyatā upaṭṭhitassatitā paññāsampannatā cattāri rūpāvacarajjhānānīti ime pannarasa dhammā veditabbā. Imeyeva hi pannarasa dhammā yasmā etehi carati ariyasāvako gacchati amataṃ disaṃ, tasmā ‘‘caraṇa’’nti vuttā. Yathāha – ‘‘idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlavā hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.24) sabbaṃ majjhimapaṇṇāsake vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Vijjā ca caraṇañca vijjācaraṇāni, sampannāni paripuṇṇāni vijjācaraṇāni yassa soyaṃ sampannavijjācaraṇo, vijjācaraṇehi sampanno samaṅgībhūto, samannāgatoti vā sampannavijjācaraṇo. Ubhayathāpi attho yujjateva, tassa sampannavijjācaraṇassa (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.1 verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā).
「如者」:即依「于可爱亦如,于不可爱亦如」等方法,在《大义释》(《大义释》38, 192)中所说的如者特征,意为于可爱、不可爱等境界中皆无变异的如者。「持光辉者」:意为具足光辉者,犹如持双山在秋季承载着比太阳更明亮、更具祥瑞的身形光芒之人。也可解释为「持智慧明灯者」。正如这样说的——显示巴利原文
Tādinoti ‘‘iṭṭhepi tādī aniṭṭhepi tādī’’tiādinā nayena mahāniddese (mahāni. 38, 192) āgatatādilakkhaṇena tādino, iṭṭhāniṭṭhādīsu avikārassa tādisassāti attho. Jutindharassāti jutimato, yugandhare saradasamaye samuditadivasakarātirekatarasassirikasarīrajutivisaradharassāti attho. ‘‘Paññāpajjotadharassā’’ti vā vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Vuttañhetaṃ –
「世间有四种光,第五种光明于此并不存在;
白昼太阳照耀,夜晚月亮放光。」
火则于昼夜之间,遍照诸方;
正自觉者于诸能照者中最尊,此光方为无上。」(《相应部》1.26, 85)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cattāro loke pajjotā, pañcamettha na vijjati; Divā tapati ādicco, rattimābhāti candimā. ‘‘Atha aggi divārattiṃ, tattha tattha pabhāsati; Sambuddho tapataṃ seṭṭho, esā ābhā anuttarā’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.26, 85);
因此,二说之义皆为「兼具身光辉与智慧光辉者」。而「持最后身者」:即持此最终之身、不复再有后世者。显示巴利原文
Tasmā ubhayathāpi sarīrapaññājutivisaradharassāti attho. Antimadehadhārinoti sabbapacchimasarīradhārino, apunabbhavassāti attho.
“如来”一词中,世尊依八种理由被称为“如来”。哪八种?因如是而来,故为如来;因如是而去,故为如来;因通达如实之相,故为如来;因对如实之法如实完全觉悟,故为如来;因具如实之见,故为如来;因具如实之说,故为如来;因具如实之行,故为如来;因殊胜之义,故为如来。显示巴利原文
Tathāgatassāti ettha aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi bhagavā ‘‘tathāgato’’ti vuccati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Tathā āgatoti tathāgato, tathā gatoti tathāgato, tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato, tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato, tathadassitāya tathāgato, tathavāditāya tathāgato, tathākāritāya tathāgato, abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgatoti.
世尊如何因“如是而来”而称为如来?正如他依那样的愿力,圆满布施巴拉密后,又圆满持戒、出离、智慧、精进、忍辱、真实、决意、慈、舍诸波罗蜜——圆满了十波罗蜜、十近波罗蜜、十究竟波罗蜜,即圆满了这三十种波罗蜜;又完成五种大舍弃:舍弃肢体、舍弃生命、舍弃财富、舍弃王位、舍弃妻儿。如毗婆尸佛等正自觉者那般而来,我们的世尊也是那般而来,故称为如来。正如所说——显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā tathā āgatoti tathāgato? Yathā yena abhinīhārena dānapāramiṃ pūretvā sīlanekkhammapaññāvīriyakhantisaccaadhiṭṭhānamettupekkhāpāramiṃ pūretvā imā dasa pāramiyo dasa upapāramiyo dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samattiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā aṅgapariccāgaṃ jīvitapariccāgaṃ dhanarajjaputtadārapariccāganti ime pañca mahāpariccāge pariccajitvā yathā vipassiādayo sammāsambuddhā āgatā, tathā amhākampi bhagavā āgatoti tathāgato. Yathāha –
正如毗婆尸佛等世间诸牟尼,为证得一切知智而来到此处;
同样地,这位释迦牟尼也已到来,因此,这位具眼者被称为“如来”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yatheva lokamhi vipassiādayo, sabbaññubhāvaṃ munayo idhāgatā; Tathā ayaṃ sakyamunīpi āgato, tathāgato vuccati tena cakkhumā’’ti.
如何因“这样而去”而名为如来?正如刚出生的毗婆尸等诸正自觉者,以双足平稳地踏在大地上,面朝北方,行七步而去;我们的世尊也是那样走去的,因此他被称为如来。正如所说——显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato? Yathā sampatijātā vipassiādayo samehi pādehi pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya uttarābhimukhā sattapadavītihārena gatā, tathā amhākampi bhagavā gatoti tathāgato. Yathāha –
正如牛王刚刚出生,便以双足平稳地触及大地;
乔达摩迈出七步,诸天为他撑起白色伞盖。
乔达摩迈出七步之后,平等遍观十方;
发出具足八支的言语,犹如雄狮屹立山巅。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Muhuttajātova gavampatī yathā, samehi pādehi phusī vasundharaṃ; So vikkamī sattapadāni gotamo, setañca chattaṃ anudhārayuṃ marū. ‘‘Gantvāna so sattapadāni gotamo, disā vilokesi samā samantato; Aṭṭhaṅgupetaṃ giramabbhudīrayī, sīho yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito’’ti.
为何依“通达如实之相”而称如来?对于一切色法、无色法的自相与共相,他以智慧的趣向如实、无颠倒地到达,无差错地证得,彻底觉悟,故称如来。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato? Sabbesaṃ rūpārūpadhammānaṃ salakkhaṇaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇañca tathaṃ avitathaṃ ñāṇagatiyā āgato avirajjhitvā patto anubuddhoti tathāgato.
而对于一切法,自相与共相,
因他如实到达,故导师名为如来。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sabbesaṃ pana dhammānaṃ, sakasāmaññalakkhaṇaṃ; Tathamevāgato yasmā, tasmā satthā tathāgato’’ti.
为何说因“于如实法真实不虚地完全觉悟”而名为“如来”?所谓“如实法”,即是四圣谛。正如经中所说:“比丘们,有这四种法是真实的、不虚的、不异的。哪四种呢?比丘们,‘这是苦’是真实的,是不虚的,是不异的……”(《相应部》5.1090)广说。而世尊已正觉这些谛,因此由于正觉如实法,故称“如来”。此处“去”(gata)即是已正觉之义。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato? Tathadhammā nāma cattāri ariyasaccāni. Yathāha – ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Katamāni cattāri? ‘Idaṃ dukkha’nti, bhikkhave, tathametaṃ avitathametaṃ anaññathameta’’nti (saṃ. ni. 5.1090) vitthāro. Tāni ca bhagavā abhisambuddho, tasmā tathānaṃ abhisambuddhattā ‘‘tathāgato’’ti vuccati. Abhisambuddhattho hi ettha gatasaddo.
名为真实的诸谛,导师已正觉;
因此,由于正觉了那些真实的谛,故称“如来”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tathanāmāni saccāni, abhisambujjhi nāyako; Tasmā tathānaṃ saccānaṃ, sambuddhattā tathāgato’’.
为何因“如实见”而称为如来?因为于无量世间界中,无量众生由眼、耳、鼻、舌、身、意六门所现之色、声、香、味、触、法诸所缘,如来皆以一切方式了知、彻见。如此,因如实见而称为如来。又,世间中真实者,彼亦如实示现于世间。由此,世尊是如来。此中当知,“如来”一词即依“如实见”之义而得成立。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathadassitāya tathāgato? Bhagavā hi aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ cakkhusotaghāṇajivhākāyamanodvāresu āpāthaṃ āgacchantaṃ rūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbadhammārammaṇaṃ tathāgato sabbākārato jānāti passatīti, evaṃ tathadassitāya tathāgato. Atha vā yaṃ loke tathaṃ, taṃ lokassa tatheva dasseti. Tatopi bhagavā tathāgato. Ettha tathadassiatthe ‘‘tathāgato’’ti padasambhavo veditabbo.
“以如是行相”,即以彼方式,于诸法了知并随观;
“如实见者”即正自觉者,是故称彼为如来。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tathākārena yo dhamme, jānāti anupassati; Tathadassīti sambuddho, tasmā vutto tathāgato’’.
如何因「如实语」而称为如来呢?因为从证悟正等觉到般涅槃之间的四十五年里,如来所宣说、所讲述,以及收入契经等九分教中的一切教法,全都如同一杆秤所称量般,真实不虚。因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathavāditāya tathāgato? Yañca abhisambodhiyā parinibbānassa ca antare pañcacattālīsavassaparimāṇakāle suttādinavaṅgasaṅgahitaṃ bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatena, sabbaṃ taṃ ekatulāya tulitaṃ viya tathameva avitathameva hoti. Tenevāha –
「准达,如来于某夜证悟无上正等觉,又于某夜入无余涅槃界般涅槃,在这中间所讲说、所宣示的一切,皆为真实,全无不实。正因为如此,才名为『如来』。」显示巴利原文
‘‘Yañca, cunda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, yaṃ etasmiṃ antare bhāsati lapati niddisati, sabbaṃ taṃ tatheva hoti, no aññathā. Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti.
而在此处,「gata」一词即含有「言语」(āgada)之义。正是如此,因具备真实语而称为如来(tathāgata)。「āgadana」即是「āgada」,意为言说(vacana)。拥有真实不虚之言说者,便是如来——这是将「da」音转为「ta」音而作的解释。显示巴利原文
Ettha pana gadaattho hi gatasaddo. Evaṃ tathavāditāya tathāgato. Āgadanaṃ āgado, vacananti attho. Tatho aviparīto āgado assāti tathāgato. Da-kārassa ta-kāraṃ katvā vutto.
因为他是说法真实者、是胜者,也是真实法的阐明者;
又因其具有真实的言说,故佛陀即是如来。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tathāvādī jino yasmā, tathadhammappakāsako; Tathāmāgadanañcassa, tasmā buddho tathāgato’’.
为何由“如实行”而称为如来?因为世尊所说的每一句话,他都以身行去实行;身行随顺言语,言语亦随顺身行。因此他说:—显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathākāritāya tathāgato? Bhagavā hi yaṃ yaṃ vācaṃ abhāsi, taṃ taṃ eva kāyena karoti, vācāya kāyo anulometi, kāyassapi vācā. Tenevāha –
“如来”:诸比丘,如来如何说,便如何行;如何行,便如何说……因此称为“如来”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yathā vādī, bhikkhave, tathāgato tathā kārī, yathā kārī tathā vādī…pe… tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.23; cūḷani. posālamāṇavapucchāniddesa 83).
其言语所向,身行亦随之;身行所向,言语亦随之。正是如此如实行故,称为“如来”。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca vācā gatā, kāyopi tathā gato, yathā kāyo gato, vācāpi tathā gatā. Evaṃ tathākāritāya tathāgato.
其言语所向,身行亦随之;
正因为他如此如实说法,这位正自觉者、天人师便称为‘如来’。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā vācā gatā tassa, tathā kāyo gato yato; Tathāvāditāya sambuddho, satthā tasmā tathāgato’’.
如何从‘征服’的意义上称为如来?上方以有顶天为界,下方以无间地狱为界,横向遍及无量世界,他以戒、定、慧、解脱、解脱智见征服其中一切众生。对他而言,没有秤可以称量,没有尺可以度量;他实为不可称、不可量、无与伦比。正因如此,这样说:显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato? Upari bhavaggaṃ heṭṭhā avīciṃ pariyantaṃ katvā tiriyaṃ aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu sabbasatte abhibhavati sīlenapi samādhināpi paññāyapi vimuttiyāpi vimuttiñāṇadassanenapi, na tassa tulā vā pamāṇaṃ vā atthi, atha kho atulo appameyyo anuttaro. Tenevāha –
“诸比丘,在包含天界的世间……之中,如来是征服者,不为任何所征服,他确是一切之见者、自在主,因此称为‘如来’。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Sadevake, bhikkhave, loke…pe… tathāgato abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthu daso vasavattī, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (a. ni. 1.23; posālamāṇavapucchāniddesa 83).
在此,词源应这样理解:“agado”(无病)正如“无病之人”。所指为何?即教化的庄严与功德的积聚。正是凭借这种教化的庄严与功德的积聚,这位具大神力的医者,犹如以天药治蛇毒一般,能降伏一切外道及含天神的世间。是故,从降伏一切世间而言,其教化的庄严与功德的积聚即是“无病”(agada);再将da转为ta,便成为“如来”(tathāgata)。如此,由征服之义而称为如来。显示巴利原文
Tatrevaṃ padasiddhi veditabbā – agado viya agado. Ko panesa? Desanāvilāso ceva puññussayo ca. Tena hesa mahānubhāvo bhisakko dibbāgadena sappe viya sabbaparappavādino sadevakañca lokaṃ abhibhavati, iti sabbalokābhibhavanato aviparīto desanāvilāso ceva puññussayo ca agado assāti da-kārassa ta-kāraṃ katvā ‘‘tathāgato’’ti veditabbo. Evaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato.
真实、不颠倒,且无病——这是导师的素质;由此,他即成为具自在力的导师如来。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tatho aviparīto ca, agado yassa satthuno;
“无敌者”(appaṭipuggalassa):指无有对手之人,也就是说,没有其他任何人敢自称“我是佛陀”,所以称为无敌者(appaṭipuggalo),即无可匹敌之人。“生起”(uppajjī):即产生、出现。“悲性”(kāruññatā):即悲悯的状态。“一切众生”(sabbasatte):是总括无余的词语,意指一切众生界。至此,这首偈颂的义理便解释清楚了。显示巴利原文
Vasavattīti so tena, hoti satthā tathāgato’’.
“无敌者”(appaṭipuggalassa):指无可匹敌、远离对手之人。任何其他能够宣称“我是佛陀”的对手,事实上并不存在,因此称为“无敌者”,即指这位无可匹敌者自身。“生起”(uppajjī):即已生起、出现。“悲愍性”(kāruññatā):悲悯心的状态。“一切众生”(sabbasatte):此为总括一切众生、无有遗漏之语,意指整个众生界。至此,这首偈颂的含义也得到了阐明。显示巴利原文
Appaṭipuggalassāti paṭipuggalavirahitassa, añño koci ‘‘ahaṃ buddho’’ti evaṃ paṭiññaṃ dātuṃ samattho nāmassa puggalo, natthīti appaṭipuggalo, tassa appaṭipuggalassa. Uppajjīti uppanno udapādi. Kāruññatāti karuṇāya bhāvo kāruññatā. Sabbasatteti niravasesasattapariyādānavacanaṃ, sakale sattanikāyeti attho. Ettāvatā ayampi gāthā vuttatthā hoti.
接着,世尊因梵天的劝请,对众生生起悲悯之心,为宣说法故,便以偈颂对大梵天说道:显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavā brahmunā dhammadesanatthāya āyācito sattesu kāruññataṃ uppādetvā dhammaṃ desetukāmo mahābrahmānaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
怀有害意,我不曾向人间宣说这善巧殊胜之法,梵天啊。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Apārutā tesaṃ amatassa dvārā, ye sotavanto pamuñcantu saddhaṃ; Vihiṃsasaññī paguṇaṃ na bhāsiṃ, dhammaṃ paṇītaṃ manujesu brahme’’ti. (ma. ni. 1.283; dī. ni. 2.71; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 9);
于是,娑婆世界主梵天了知“我确实已从世尊那里获得了说法的许可”,便将十指合拢、光明璀璨的合掌置于头顶,顶礼世尊,右绕致意后,由梵天众簇拥着离去。随后,导师应允了梵天的劝请,心中思维:“我应先为谁说法呢?”他首先想到:“阿罗逻是智者,当能迅速领悟此法。”起此念后以智慧观察,即知他已于七日前去世;又观察到优陀迦亦已于昨夜命终。接着又思惟:“五位比丘现今住在哪里?”他将心念转向五位比丘,便了知:“在波罗奈的仙人堕处鹿野苑。”于是,在阿沙荼月的清晨,天刚破晓,他便持钵与衣,踏上了这条十八由旬长的道路。途中,他遇到一位名为优波迦的邪命外道,便向他表明自己已证佛陀。就在当天的傍晚时分,他抵达了仙人堕处。在那里,他向五位比丘宣告自己已成正觉,登上敷设的殊胜佛座,将五位比丘召集至前,为他们宣说了《转法轮经》。显示巴利原文
Atha kho brahmā sahampati ‘‘katāvakāso khomhi bhagavatā dhammadesanāyā’’ti ñatvā dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalaṃ añjaliṃ sirasi katvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā brahmagaṇaparivuto pakkāmi. Atha satthā tassa brahmuno paṭiññaṃ datvā – ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’’nti (ma. ni. 1.283; mahāva. 10) cintento – ‘‘āḷāro paṇḍito so imaṃ dhammaṃ khippaṃ ājānissatī’’ti cittaṃ uppādetvā puna olokento tassa sattāhaṃ kālaṅkatabhāvaṃ ñatvā udakassa ca abhidosakālaṅkatabhāvaṃ ñatvā puna – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho etarahi pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū viharantī’’ti pañcavaggiye āvajjento ‘‘bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye’’ti ñatvā āsāḷhiyaṃ pabhātāya rattiyā kālasseva pattacīvaramādāya aṭṭhārasayojanikaṃ maggaṃ paṭipanno antarāmagge upakaṃ nāma ājīvakaṃ disvā tassa attano buddhabhāvamāvikatvā taṃdivasameva sāyanhasamaye isipatanamagamāsi. Tattha pañcavaggiyānaṃ attano buddhabhāvaṃ pakāsetvā paññattavarabuddhāsanagato pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantetvā dhammacakkappavattanasuttantaṃ (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 13 ādayo; paṭi. ma. 2.30) desesi.
其中,憍陈如长老随顺开示,运用智慧,于经文结束时,与十八亿梵天众一同证得入流果。导师即于此处入雨安居,次日,使跋波长老也证得入流果。以同样的方便令所有五位比丘皆证得入流果后,又于半月的第五日,会集五位长老,宣讲《无我相经》,开示圆满时,五位长老俱证得阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Tesu aññāsikoṇḍaññatthero desanānusārena ñāṇaṃ pesetvā suttapariyosāne aṭṭhārasahi brahmakoṭīhi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Satthā tattheva vassaṃ upagantvā punadivase vappattheraṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāpesi. Eteneva upāyena sabbe te sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāpetvā puna pañcamiyaṃ pakkhassa pañcapi te there sannipātetvā anattalakkhaṇasuttantaṃ (saṃ. ni. 3.59; mahāva. 20 ādayo) desesi, desanāpariyosāne pañcapi therā arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsu.
那时,世尊就在那里,观察到善男子耶舍的根基,知他为出家已舍弃家庭,便唤道:“来,耶舍!”(《律藏·大品》26)就在当夜使他证得入流果。次日,又使他证得阿拉汉果,并令其五十四位同伴都以“善来比丘”的方式出家,全部证得阿拉汉果。就这样,当世间出现了六十一位阿拉汉时,世尊在雨安居结束、举行自恣之后,召集比丘们,这样说道:显示巴利原文
Atha satthā tattheva yasassa kulaputtassa upanissayaṃ disvā gehaṃ pahāya nikkhantaṃ disvā – ‘‘ehi yasā’’ti (mahāva. 26) pakkositvā tasmiññeva rattibhāge sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāpetvā punadivase arahatte ca patiṭṭhāpetvā aparepi tassa sahāyake catupaṇṇāsajane ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbājetvā arahatte patiṭṭhāpesi. Evaṃ loke ekasaṭṭhiyā arahantesu jātesu satthā vuṭṭhavasso pavāretvā bhikkhū āmantetvā etadavoca –
既为自利,也为利他,于此大地,
比丘们,你们应当为人们宣说正法,游行人间。
应住于寂静之处,在山林之间;
恒时为世间开显我的正法。
比丘们,你们要承担正法使者的使命,广作宣告;
有众生堪受利益,善行者啊,这是我的话语。
关闭一切恶趣之门吧,无漏者啊;
开启天界与解脱道之门吧,无等者啊;
以悲悯等功德为依处,由说法与行道,
令世间众生的智慧与信心悉皆增长。
对恒常以财物布施饶益在家人者,
你们应当以法布施,回报他们。
你们应当弘扬正法,开示仙人所生之法;
已作应作之业者,当为他人之利而行道。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paratthaṃ cattano atthaṃ, karontā pathaviṃ imaṃ; Byāharantā manussānaṃ, dhammaṃ caratha bhikkhavo. ‘‘Viharatha vivittesu, pabbatesu vanesu ca; Pakāsayantā saddhammaṃ, lokassa satataṃ mama. ‘‘Karontā dhammadūteyyaṃ, vikhyāpayatha bhikkhavo; Santi atthāya sattānaṃ, subbatā vacanaṃ mama. ‘‘Sabbaṃ pidahatha dvāraṃ, apāyānamanāsavā; Saggamokkhassa maggassa, dvāraṃ vivarathāsamā. ‘‘Desanāpaṭipattīhi, karuṇādiguṇālayā; Buddhiṃ saddhañca lokassa, abhivaḍḍhetha sabbaso. ‘‘Gihīnamupakarontānaṃ, niccamāmisadānato; Karotha dhammadānena, tesaṃ paccūpakārakaṃ. ‘‘Samussayatha saddhammaṃ, desayantā isiddhajaṃ; Katakattabbakammantā, paratthaṃ paṭipajjathā’’ti.
世尊说完这些话,便将那些比丘遣往各地,自己则前往优楼频螺。途中,他在棉木林中度化了三十位贤群青年。这些青年中,最后的那位证得入流果,最上首的那位证得不来果,其中没有一人是阿拉汉或凡夫。世尊同样以‘善来比丘’的方式让他们全部出家,随后也遣往各地。之后,世尊亲至优楼频螺,示现了一千五百种教诫神变,调伏了以优楼频螺迦叶为首、拥有一千位结发苦行随众的结发三兄弟,同样以‘善来比丘’的方式度他们出家。接着,世尊让他们坐于象头山,开示燃烧法门,令他们安住阿拉汉果。那时,世尊由这一千位阿拉汉围绕,心中思惟:‘我当兑现对频婆娑罗王的承诺。’便前往王舍城附近名为拉提瓦那的园林。园林看守禀报国王。国王听闻导师到来,即由十二那由他婆罗门与居士围绕,前来礼敬十力。恰如日光穿透浓密云层,又如牟尼圣日透出林间,国王来到十力面前,以其戴有宝冠、宝珠闪耀的头,顶礼十力那具足轮相、犹如无垢白莲般柔嫩的双足,然后与随行大众坐在一旁。显示巴利原文
Evañca pana vatvā bhagavā te bhikkhū disāsu vissajjetvā sayaṃ uruvelaṃ gacchanto antarāmagge kappāsikavanasaṇḍe tiṃsa bhaddavaggiyakumāre vinesi. Tesu yo sabbapacchimako, so sotāpanno, sabbaseṭṭho anāgāmī, ekopi arahā vā puthujjano vā nāhosi. Tepi sabbe ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbājetvā disāsu pesetvā sayaṃ uruvelaṃ gantvā aḍḍhuḍḍhāni pāṭihāriyasahassāni dassetvā uruvelakassapādayo sahassajaṭilaparivāre tebhātikajaṭile dametvā ehibhikkhubhāvena pabbājetvā gayāsīse nisīdāpetvā ādittapariyāyadesanāya (saṃ. ni. 4.28; mahāva. 54) arahatte patiṭṭhāpetvā tena arahantasahassena bhagavā parivuto ‘‘bimbisārassa rañño paṭiññaṃ mocessāmī’’ti rājagahanagarūpacāre laṭṭhivanuyyānaṃ nāma agamāsi. Tato uyyānapālako rañño ārocesi. Rājā – ‘‘satthā āgato’’ti sutvā dvādasanahutehi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi parivuto dasabalaṃ ghanavivaragatamiva divasakaraṃ vanavivaragataṃ munivaradivasakaraṃ upasaṅkamitvā cakkālaṅkatatalesu jalajāmalāvikalakamalakomalesu dasabalassa pādesu makuṭamaṇijutivisaravijjotinā sirasā nipatitvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi saddhiṃ parisāya.
这时,那些婆罗门与居士心中思量:‘是大沙门在优楼频螺迦叶处修梵行,还是优楼频螺迦叶在大沙门处修梵行?’世尊知悉他们心中的念头,便以偈颂对长老说:显示巴利原文
Atha kho tesaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇo uruvelakassape brahmacariyaṃ carati, udāhu uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ cetoparivitakkamaññāya theraṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
“优楼频螺的居民,消瘦的献祭者,你见到了什么,竟舍弃了火祭?”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kimeva disvā uruvelavāsi, pahāsi aggiṃ kisakovadāno; Pucchāmi taṃ kassapa etamatthaṃ, kathaṃ pahīnaṃ tava aggihutta’’nti. (mahāva. 55);
长老洞悉了世尊的心意,便说:显示巴利原文
Thero bhagavato adhippāyaṃ viditvā –
“在色、声、味,以及可爱的女子之中,祭典所说的是福祉”
我既了知“此在诸依着中实为垢秽”,因此于祭祀与供奉便不再染着。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rūpe ca sadde ca atho rase ca, kāmitthiyo cābhivadanti yaññā; Etaṃ malantī upadhīsu ñatvā, tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute arañji’’nti. (mahāva. 55) –
说此偈已,为彰显自身为弟子的身份,他头面礼如来足,说道:“世尊是我师,我是世尊的弟子。”接着,他一次、二次……乃至七次,腾跃至约七棵多罗树高的虚空中,示现神变,随后从虚空降下,礼敬世尊,退坐一面。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ gāthaṃ vatvā attano sāvakabhāvappakāsanatthaṃ tathāgatassa pādesu sirasā nipatitvā – ‘‘satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī’’ti vatvā ekatāladvitāla…pe… sattatālappamāṇaṃ vehāsaṃ sattakkhattuṃ abbhuggantvā pāṭihāriyaṃ katvā ākāsato oruyha bhagavantaṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
当时,大众见到此番神变,纷纷赞叹:“啊!佛陀真是有大神力!连优楼频螺迦叶这样固执己见、自许‘我是阿拉汉’之人,也被如来调伏,破除了邪见之网。”他们便这样称扬十力世尊的功德。世尊听闻后即说:“我不唯今时调伏此优楼频螺迦叶,过去世彼亦曾为我所调伏。”于是,大众从座而起,礼敬世尊,合掌至额,问道:“世尊,如今调伏,我等亲见;然彼过去世,又是如何被世尊调伏的呢?”应此祈请,世尊便讲说了那为隔世因缘所隐覆的《大那罗陀迦叶本生》,进而开示四圣谛。闻法之时,频婆娑罗王与十一那由他大众同证入流果;另有一那由他众,自誓为优婆塞。国王皈依三宝,便邀请世尊及比丘僧团次日应供,然后右绕世尊三匝,礼敬而去。显示巴利原文
Atha kho mahājano tassa taṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā – ‘‘aho mahānubhāvā buddhā nāma, evaṃ thāmagatadiṭṭhiko attānaṃ ‘arahā aha’nti maññamāno uruvelakassapopi diṭṭhijālaṃ bhinditvā tathāgatena damito’’ti dasabalassa guṇakathaṃ kathesi. Taṃ sutvā satthā – ‘‘nāhamidāniyeva imaṃ uruvelakassapaṃ damemi, atītepi esa mayā damitoyevā’’ti āha. Atha kho so mahājano uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā sirasi añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamāha – ‘‘bhante, idāni amhehi esa damito diṭṭho, kathaṃ panesa atīte bhagavatā damito’’ti. Tato satthā tena mahājanena yācito bhavantarena paṭicchannaṃ mahānāradakassapajātakaṃ (jā. 2.22.1153) kathetvā cattāri ariyasaccāni pakāsesi. Tato satthu dhammakathaṃ sutvā rājā bimbisāro ekādasanahutehi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi, ekanahutaṃ upāsakattaṃ paṭivedesi. Rājā saraṇaṃ gantvā svātanāya bhagavantaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena nimantetvā bhagavantaṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā vanditvā pakkāmi.
第二天,世尊由千位比丘众围绕,犹如天众围绕的千眼天帝释,又如梵众围绕的大梵天,进入了王舍城。国王供养了以佛陀为首的比丘僧团饮食。用餐结束后,他对世尊这样说:「世尊,我离开三宝便无法安住。不论时机适合与否,我都要到世尊跟前。杖林太过遥远,而我们的这座名为竹园的园林,对于喜好远离的修行者来说,不近不远,往来便利;这里没有人群的喧杂,具足远离之乐;绿荫与水一应俱全,清凉的岩石地面点缀其间,是极为殊胜宜人的地方,处处遍满芬芳的花朵与殊胜的树木,更有悦意的殿堂、楼阁、天宫、精舍、半檐屋、讲堂等建筑作为庄严。世尊,请为我接受这座竹林园吧。」说着,他便用色泽如同新煅火炭般的金瓶,取来芬芳花香熏过、如宝石般色泽的水,在献出竹林园的同时,将水注入十力世尊的手中。就在世尊接受这园林的当下,大地仿佛欢喜得起舞一般震动起来,因为“佛陀教法的根本已经在此扎根了!”在整个赡部洲,除了这竹林大寺,再没有任何一处住所的布施能让大地如此震动。随后,世尊接受了竹林园,并为国王做了关于布施寺院的……显示巴利原文
Punadivase bhagavā bhikkhusahassaparivuto marugaṇaparivuto viya dasasatanayano devarājā, brahmagaṇaparivuto viya mahābrahmā rājagahaṃ pāvisi. Rājā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dānaṃ datvā bhojanapariyosāne bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, tīṇi ratanāni vinā vasituṃ na sakkhissāmi, velāya vā avelāya vā bhagavato santikaṃ āgamissāmi, laṭṭhivanaṃ nāma atidūre, idaṃ pana amhākaṃ veḷuvanaṃ nāma uyyānaṃ pavivekakāmānaṃ nātidūraṃ naccāsannaṃ gamanāgamanasampannaṃ nijjanasambādhaṃ pavivekasukhaṃ chāyūdakasampannaṃ sītalasilātalasamalaṅkataṃ paramaramaṇīyabhūmibhāgaṃ surabhikusumataruvaranirantaraṃ ramaṇīyapāsādahammiyavimānavihāraḍḍhuyogamaṇḍapādipaṭimaṇḍitaṃ. Idaṃ me, bhante, bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu navatapanaṅgārasaṅkāsena suvaṇṇabhiṅgārena surabhikusumavāsitaṃ maṇivaṇṇaudakaṃ gahetvā veḷuvanārāmaṃ pariccajanto dasabalassa hatthe udakaṃ pātesi. Tasmiṃ ārāmapaṭiggahaṇe ‘‘buddhasāsanassa mūlāni otiṇṇānī’’ti pītivasaṃ gatā naccantī viya ayaṃ mahāpathavī kampi. Jambudīpe pana ṭhapetvā veḷuvanamahāvihāraṃ aññaṃ pathaviṃ kampetvā gahitasenāsanaṃ nāma natthi. Atha satthā veḷuvanārāmaṃ paṭiggahetvā rañño vihāradānānumodanamakāsi –
他施与寿命、容貌、快乐与力量,以及殊胜、可称赞的辩才。
布施住所能防护、避免寒冷等对生命的危害,那位施主——
因为住所能保护他的寿命,所以寂静者们称他为寿命的给予者。
居住在精舍中的人,即使在严寒酷暑,力量与容貌也不会减损。
「苦」指在世间由寒冷、炎热、蛇蝎等爬虫,以及风、日晒等所引起的痛苦。
布施精舍者能恒常遮止种种痛苦,因此堪称乐的施与者。
这些种种苦即:寒冷、炎热、风、日晒、蚊虻与雨水,以及蛇蝎等爬虫、猛兽、野兽等所带来的痛苦。
正因为布施精舍者能遮止这些苦,所以他来世得享安乐。
若人以净信之心、满怀欢喜,为了播下‘有’与‘受用’的因,而布施一座令心意愉悦的精舍,
他将此精舍布施给那些以持戒等功德著称的比丘,便被称为‘布施一切者’。
他舍弃悭吝之垢与贪著,将住处布施给以功德为依止者。
他如同被投掷一般,凭藉他人的功德力,于天界依其所造之业而化生,远离一切忧恼。
人应当建造殊胜、可爱、庄严、广大的精舍,让比丘们住在其中;
应以净信心,恒常恭敬地供养他们饮食与衣物。
是故,大王,于诸有中享用了可意之财后,更应
以布施精舍的果报,终得证悟那寂静、无忧的安乐。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Āvāsadānassa panānisaṃsaṃ, ko nāma vattuṃ, puriso samattho; Aññatra buddhā pana lokanāthā, yutto mukhānaṃ nahutena cāpi. ‘‘Āyuñca vaṇṇañca sukhaṃ balañca, varaṃ pasatthaṃ paṭibhānameva; Dadāti nāmāti pavuccate so, yo deti saṅghassa naro vihāraṃ. ‘‘Dātā nivāsassa nivāraṇassa, sītādino jīvitupaddavassa; Pāleti āyuṃ pana tassa yasmā, āyuppado hoti tamāhu santo. ‘‘Accuṇhasīte vasato nivāse, balañca vaṇṇo paṭibhā na hoti; Tasmā hi so deti vihāradātā, balañca vaṇṇaṃ paṭibhānameva. ‘‘Dukkhassa sītuṇhasarīsapā ca, vātātapādippabhavassa loke; Nivāraṇā nekavidhassa niccaṃ, sukhappado hoti vihāradātā. ‘‘Sītuṇhavātātapaḍaṃsavuṭṭhi , sarīsapāvāḷamigādidukkhaṃ; Yasmā nivāreti vihāradātā, tasmā sukhaṃ vindati so parattha. ‘‘Pasannacitto bhavabhogahetuṃ, manobhirāmaṃ mudito vihāraṃ; Yo deti sīlādiguṇoditānaṃ, sabbaṃ dado nāma pavuccate so. ‘‘Pahāya maccheramalaṃ salobhaṃ, guṇālayānaṃ nilayaṃ dadāti; Khittova so tattha parehi sagge, yathābhataṃ jāyati vītasoko. ‘‘Vare cārurūpe vihāre uḷāre, naro kāraye vāsaye tattha bhikkhū; Dadeyyannapānañca vatthañca nesaṃ, pasannena cittena sakkacca niccaṃ. ‘‘Tasmā mahārāja bhavesu bhoge, manorame paccanubhuyya bhiyyo; Vihāradānassa phalena santaṃ, sukhaṃ asokaṃ adhigaccha pacchā’’ti.
如是,牟尼王对人王频婆娑罗布施精舍的功德随喜之后,即从座起身,比丘僧团前后围绕。以自身极为悦目的身光,令城邑、林苑、宫殿等,皆如被金色溶液浇润的孔雀翎羽般璀璨。他以无与伦比的佛陀威仪、无边的佛之祥瑞,步入竹林大精舍。显示巴利原文
Iccevaṃ munirājā nararājassa bimbisārassa vihāradānānumodanaṃ katvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto paramadassanīyāya attano sarīrappabhāya suvaṇṇarasasekapiñcharāni viya nagaravanavimānādīni kurumāno anopamāya buddhalīḷāya anantāya buddhasiriyā veḷuvanamahāvihārameva pāvisīti.
在寂静无喧、令人心旷神怡的竹林精舍里,如来
贤者以种种方式安住,观察着可被教化之人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Akīḷane veḷuvane vihāre, tathāgato tattha manobhirāme; Nānāvihārena vihāsi dhīro, veneyyakānaṃ samudikkhamāno’’.
就在世尊住于该处时,净饭大王听闻:“我的儿子修了六年苦行,证得无上正觉,转动无上法轮之后,已经抵达王舍城,住在竹林大精舍。”他于是召来一位大臣,吩咐道:“来,你率领一千名男子前往王舍城,用我的话告诉他:‘你的父亲净饭大王想见你。’然后把我儿子带回来。”大臣回答:“遵命,大王。”领受了王命,他便率领一千名男子出发,行走了六十由旬的路程。当他进入精舍时,正值佛陀说法。他心想:“暂且搁下国王的嘱托。”于是站在大众的边缘聆听导师说法。就在他站立之处,他与那一千名男子全都证得了阿拉汉果,并请求出家。世尊伸出手,说道:“善来,比丘们。”就在那一刻,他们所有人都拥有了由神通所化的钵与衣,威仪具足,如同出家六十年的长老一般,围绕于世尊身旁。净饭王心想:“派去的人既不见回来,也没有任何消息传回。”于是他又以同样的方式,先后九次派遣大臣前往。然而那九千名男子,没有一个人回来向国王禀报,也没有一个人传回音讯——他们全部证得阿拉汉果,出家为比丘了。显示巴利原文
Athevaṃ bhagavati tasmiṃ viharante suddhodanamahārājā ‘‘putto me chabbassāni dukkarakārikaṃ katvā paramābhisambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakko rājagahaṃ patvā veḷuvanamahāvihāre viharatī’’ti sutvā aññataraṃ mahāmaccaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi, bhaṇe, purisasahassaparivāro rājagahaṃ gantvā mama vacanena ‘pitā vo suddhodanamahārājā taṃ daṭṭhukāmo’ti vatvā puttaṃ me gaṇhitvā ehī’’ti. So ‘‘sādhu, devā’’ti rañño paṭissuṇitvā purisasahassaparivāro saṭṭhiyojanamaggaṃ gantvā dhammadesanavelāya vihāraṃ pāvisi. So ‘‘tiṭṭhatu tāva raññā pahitasāsana’’nti parisapariyante ṭhito satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā yathāṭhitova saddhiṃ purisasahassena arahattaṃ patvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Bhagavā – ‘‘etha, bhikkhavo’’ti hatthaṃ pasāresi. Te sabbe taṅkhaṇaññeva iddhimayapattacīvaradharā vassasaṭṭhikattherā viya ākappasampannā hutvā bhagavantaṃ parivāresuṃ. Rājā ‘‘neva gato āgacchati, na ca sāsanaṃ suyyatī’’ti cintetvā teneva nīhārena navakkhattuṃ amacce pesesi. Tesu navasu purisasahassesu ekopi rañño nārocesi, na sāsanaṃ vā pahiṇi. Sabbe arahattaṃ patvāva pabbajiṃsu.
接着,国王心想:“到底谁能执行我的命令呢?”他环顾所有王族随从,看见了优陀夷。据说这位优陀夷是能成就国王一切事业的大臣,是国王的心腹内臣,深受信任。他与菩萨在同一天降生,是一起玩泥沙的玩伴。于是国王召他来,说道:“亲爱的优陀夷,我因为想见到我的儿子,前后派出九千名男子,却没有一个人回来,连个口信也未捎回。况且我的生命危脆,何时有障碍实难预料,我只想在活着的时候见到儿子。你能让我见到我的儿子吗?”优陀夷回答:“大王,若能允许我出家,我就能办到。”国王说:“亲爱的,不论你出家与否,只管让我见到儿子。”他回答:“遵命,大王。”于是领受王命后,优陀夷便前往王舍城。听闻世尊说法后,他与随行的一千名男子一同证得阿拉汉果,并安住于“善来比丘”的身份。在颇求那月满月之日,他心想:“寒冷的冬季已经过去,温暖的春季已经到来,森林中鲜花盛开,道路适宜旅行,这正是十力者应当摄受亲族的时候了。”如此思惟后,他便来到世尊面前,用六十多首偈颂盛赞世尊返回故乡都城,极力称叹此行适宜。显示巴利原文
Atha rājā cintesi – ‘‘ko nu kho mama vacanaṃ karissatī’’ti sabbarājabalaṃ olokento udāyiṃ addasa. So kira rañño sabbatthasādhako amacco abbhantariko ativissāsiko bodhisattena saddhiṃ ekadivaseyeva jāto sahapaṃsukīḷito sahāyo. Atha naṃ rājā āmantesi – ‘‘tāta udāyi, ahaṃ mama puttaṃ daṭṭhukāmo navapurisasahassāni pesesiṃ, ekapurisopi āgantvā sāsanamattampi ārocetā natthi, dujjāno kho pana me jīvitantarāyo, ahaṃ jīvamānova puttaṃ daṭṭhumicchāmi. Sakkhissasi me puttaṃ dassetu’’nti? So ‘‘sakkhissāmi, deva, sace pabbajituṃ labhissāmī’’ti āha. ‘‘Tāta, tvaṃ pabbajitvā vā apabbajitvā vā mayhaṃ puttaṃ dassehī’’ti. So ‘‘sādhu, devā’’ti rañño sāsanaṃ ādāya rājagahaṃ gantvā satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā saddhiṃ purisasahassena arahattaṃ patvā ehibhikkhubhāve patiṭṭhāya phaggunīpuṇṇamāsiyaṃ cintesi – ‘‘atikkanto hemanto, vasantasamayo anuppatto, supupphitā vanasaṇḍā, paṭipajjanakkhamo maggo, kālo dasabalassa ñātisaṅgahaṃ kātu’’nti cintetvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā saṭṭhimattāhi gāthāhi bhagavato kulanagaraṃ gamanatthāya gamanavaṇṇaṃ vaṇṇesi –
“尊者,如今那些寻找果实的树,已舍弃了遮盖的叶子,呈现火红色;
它们犹如燃烧的火焰,闪耀光芒。大雄啊,这是辉煌者们的时节。
那些树木色彩缤纷,辉耀夺目,带着红色的嫩芽与新叶;
它们犹如以种种宝石璀璨庄严的凉亭。大雄啊,这是辉煌者们的时节。
树梢繁花盛开,以花朵作为庄严,赏心悦目,散发着洁净而美妙的芬芳;
“道路两旁的树木光彩夺目。大雄啊,这是光耀者的时节。”
“有些树因种种果实而丰饶,这些绚丽多彩的树木遍布于道路两旁的旷地;”
这能驱除饥渴,大雄啊,正是辉耀者们的时节。
以洁净的嫩叶与绚丽的花环善加装饰,宛如孔雀开屏;
树木在两侧熠熠生辉,大雄啊,正是辉耀者们的时节。
以花果闪耀,精心妆点,化作芬芳的住所;
令长途劳倦的众生欢悦,大雄啊,这是辉煌者们的时节。
种种藤蔓顶端盛放,依傍丛林,绚丽夺目;
令众生喜悦,犹如宝珠凉亭;大雄啊,这是辉煌者们的时节。
种种藤蔓依附于树,如同妻子与所爱之人相伴;
它们以馥郁芬芳诱人,大雄啊,这是辉煌者们的时节。
种种青蓝等悦目颜色的鸟儿,从四面八方婉转和鸣;
以悦耳妙音与欢喜悦人,大雄啊,这正是众辉煌者之时节。
种种光彩美丽的野兽,耳朵高耸,眼睛悦意;
众人从四面八方奔来,大雄啊,这是辉煌者们的时节。
悦意的大地周围,闪耀着绿色而且发出悦耳声响;繁花盛开的树木,宛如顶髻般庄严,大雄啊,这是辉煌者们的时节。”
繁花盛开的树木,犹如顶髻般庄严,大雄啊,这是辉煌者们的时节。
细沙如珍珠,铺陈精妙,触感柔和怡人,
它们普放光芒,照耀十方,大雄啊,这是辉耀者们的时节。
「平整」(samaṃ)、「触感非常舒适」(suphassaṃ)、「干净的地面」(sucibhūmibhāgaṃ),「空气中弥漫着令人愉悦的花香」(manuññapupphodayagandhavāsitaṃ);
闪耀着洁净而美妙的光辉,这正是大雄、辉煌者的时节。
「如同可爱的林园般精心布置过」(susajjitaṃ nandanakānanaṃva),「以各种奇妙的树丛作为庄严装饰」(vicittanānādumasaṇḍamaṇḍitaṃ);
树林芬芳馥郁,极为可爱而令人愉悦,这正是大雄、辉煌者的时节。
种种缤纷悦目的湖泊,巧妙地点缀着青莲花与白莲花;
湖水澄净,清凉之水盈盈盈满,正是大雄、辉煌者(佛陀)的时节。
以种种盛开的莲花庄严,光彩夺目,散发着清净的芬芳,正是大雄、辉煌者(佛陀)的时节。
群鸟栖于盛开的莲花间,正从四周发出嘹亮的鸣声;
它们有雌鸟相伴,心怀喜悦,这正是大雄、光辉者的时节。
蜜蜂从盛开的鲜花中采得花粉,一边飞舞一边嗡嗡作响;
花蜜的香气飘散四方,这正是大雄、辉煌者的时节。
迷醉的象群发出种种吼声,水流从山间奔涌而下;
河水波光闪耀,潺潺而流,这正是大雄、光辉者的时节。
四面群山清晰可见,呈现宛如孔雀颈项的蓝青之色;
诸方光芒闪耀,如众王般辉煌,这正是大雄、光辉者的时节。
成群的孔雀立于山顶,与雌孔雀一同起舞,
它们以种种甜美音声鸣叫,这正是大雄、辉煌者的时节。
种种悦耳的二生鸟,令人喜爱,身披斑驳彩羽,光彩闪耀,
它们立于山上,引吭高鸣,这正是大雄、辉煌者的时节。
处处花丛盛开,缀满种种芬芳的花瓣,
群山四方闪耀,这正是大雄、辉煌者的时节。
条条河流闪耀奔流,这正合大雄、辉煌者(佛陀)的时节。
有色彩斑斓的渡口作为装饰,还有种种可爱的鹿群和鸟群在这里栖息;
河川悠悠流淌,闪耀着光芒,这正是大雄、光耀者的时节。
在两岸的水边,盛开着美丽而芬芳的树丛;
树梢装点华美,犹如漂亮的天女,这正是大雄、光耀者的时节。
香树交织如网,林苑绚丽缤纷,宛若帝释天的欢喜园;
此恒令行者心生悦意,正是大雄、辉煌者的时节。
准备了种种清净的饮食和饮品,配有美味的汤菜,还有甘甜的滋味,
道旁村中,易得而悦意,正是大雄、辉煌者之时节。
大地周遍闪耀,为花座呈现出种种端严之色;
一如日夜守护者所严饰,正是大雄、辉煌者之时节。
具足清净的信等功德,渴望面见正自觉者王,
众多人从四方云集于此,这正是大雄、辉耀者(佛陀)的时节。
种种园林与美丽的池塘,被各种不同的莲花所覆盖,
莲茎泌出乳汁般的滋味,正是大雄、辉耀者的时节。
以种种青色华盖为饰,悦意之树分列两旁;
高耸而成七聚,正是大雄、辉耀者的时节。
广阔的森林,犹如种种青色的彩云,宛若天王世界中的欢喜园;
四季开满芬芳的花朵,这正是大雄、辉煌者(佛陀)的时节。
每由旬之间都有清净的道路,还有乞食充足、易得且令人欢喜的村庄;
人们聚集,饮食易得,这正是大雄、辉耀者(佛陀)的时节。
有充裕的树荫、水与宜人的环境,能为居住者带来一切安乐,这正是大雄、辉耀者(佛陀)的时节。
众多宽敞的厅堂与集会处齐备,这正是大雄、辉耀者(佛陀)的时节。
种种树木丛林所庄严,有悦目的园林与美丽的池塘,这正是大雄、辉煌者的时节。
优美地弥漫着善妙的芬芳,这正是大雄、辉煌者的时节。
微风轻柔,清凉怡人,天空的乌云四面消散;
一切方向皆光辉灿烂,这正是大雄、辉煌者(佛陀)的时节。
夜间细雨降下,为压住路上的尘土;
天空中阳光柔和温暖,这正是大雄、辉煌者(佛陀)的时节。
象群已离迷醉,与母象群欢乐嬉戏;
它们四处游走并发出吼声,这正是大雄、光耀者(佛陀)的时节。
森林翠色欲滴,极为悦目,犹如青色的云峰,成为怡人可爱之地;
令瞻仰者惊叹不已,这正是大雄、辉煌者——佛陀的时节。
一切方位都闪耀着光辉,这正是大雄、辉煌者——佛陀的时节。
乾闼婆、持明者与紧那罗,以优美的曲调、甘美的嗓音歌唱着,
在那悦意的林中游走——这正是大雄、光辉者(佛陀)的时节。
那为畏惧烦恼者与苦行僧众所依止的树林,
精舍与园林已圆满成就,这正是大雄、辉耀者的时节。
枝头结满各种果实的林野,毫不杂乱、永远令人心旷神怡,这正是大雄、辉耀者的时节。
常为无量再生者所依止,他们恒时游方,从一村落移住另一村落;
往昔之往昔,曾有殊胜的村落;大雄啊,这正是安吉罗萨诸佛的时节。
衣服、饮食、卧具、坐具,香、花鬘、涂香;
那里人群众多且繁荣,大雄啊,这正是安吉罗萨们的时节。
借着福德与神通,他们达到了一切名声之最;那里的众生快乐而丰足;
他们受用丰饶,过着种种生活,大雄啊,这正是安吉罗萨们的时节。
月亮升起时,一切人都欢喜,在自家庭院中谈论种种话题;
与所爱之人同喜同乐——大雄啊,这正是安吉罗萨们的时节。
月的光芒照耀天空,大地清净,色泽悦意,
一切方所皆显清净之相——大雄啊,这正是安吉罗萨们的时节。
渴仰香德者四方来集,大雄啊,正是安吉罗萨们的时节。
如同佩戴全身花环的女子般光彩照人,大雄啊,这正是安吉罗萨们的时节。
大象因发情而发出吼叫,周围还有羽色斑斓的种种飞禽,
它们在这令人心怡的林野中啼鸣,大雄啊,这正是安吉罗萨们的时节。
一切道路皆可通行,国家繁荣,财富受用丰足;
普受各方称赞,能施与一切安乐,大雄啊,这是安吉罗萨们的时机。
一切树林色彩绚丽,宛如精心建造的欢喜园;
它恒常令修行者心生喜悦,大雄啊,这正是安吉罗萨的时节。
此处这座荣耀的族城,大雄啊,这正是安吉罗萨的时节。
悦意楼台,种种妙色,盛开的莲花丛庄严点缀;
种种护城河围绕的可爱的城市,大雄,这正是安吉罗萨们的时机。
种种城墙与拱门,清净庭院,宛如天宫,
可爱的街道宛如天界,大雄啊,这正是安吉罗萨们的时节。
释迦族的王子们盛装庄严,佩戴着最胜妙的饰品,光彩夺目。
犹如天界中的天子,大雄啊,这正是安吉罗萨们的时节。
净饭王为见最胜牟尼,将大臣之子分作十队,派遣而去。
牟尼之王偕同庞大队伍;大雄啊,此时正是安吉罗萨族人之时。
那位人中无上的英雄,被忧愁重重所困,不见来者,不闻其言。
我愿让这位人主欢喜,大雄,这正合安吉罗萨们的时机。
他因亲见而积聚了极稀有的喜悦,正仰望着两足者中的因陀罗;
牟尼之王、功德最胜者啊,请使他欢喜。大雄,这正是安吉罗萨们的时机。
依希望而耕田,依希望而播种;
依希望,求取财富的商人才会远渡大海;
我依此希望而安住,愿我此希望圆满成就。
不冷也不热,亦无严重的饥荒与饥馑;
大地青翠润泽,大牟尼啊,此正合时宜。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aṅgārino dāni dumā bhadante, phalesino chadanaṃ vippahāya; Te accimantova pabhāsayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Dumā vicittā suvirājamānā, rattaṅkureheva ca pallavehi; Ratanujjalamaṇḍapasannibhāsā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Supupphitaggā kusumehi bhūsitā, manuññabhūtā sucisādhugandhā; Rukkhā virocanti ubhosu passesu, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Phalehinekehi samiddhibhūtā, vicittarukkhā ubhatovakāse; Khuddaṃ pipāsampi vinodayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vicittamālā sucipallavehi, susajjitā morakalāpasannibhā; Rukkhā virocanti ubhosu passesu, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Virocamānā phalapallavehi, susajjitā vāsanivāsabhūtā; Tosenti addhānakilantasatte, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Suphullitaggā vanagumbanissitā, latā anekā suvirājamānā; Tosenti satte maṇimaṇḍapāva, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Latā anekā dumanissitāva, piyehi saddhiṃ sahitā vadhūva; Palobhayantī hi sugandhagandhā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vicittanīlādimanuññavaṇṇā , dijā samantā abhikūjamānā; Tosenti mañjussaratā ratīhi, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Migā ca nānā suvirājamānā, uttuṅgakaṇṇā ca manuññanettā; Disā samantā mabhidhāvayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Manuññabhūtā ca mahī samantā, virājamānā haritāva saddalā; Supupphirukkhā moḷinivalaṅkatā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Susajjitā muttamayāva vālukā, susaṇṭhitā cārusuphassadātā; Virocayanteva disā samantā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Samaṃ suphassaṃ sucibhūmibhāgaṃ, manuññapupphodayagandhavāsitaṃ; Virājamānaṃ sucimañca sobhaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Susajjitaṃ nandanakānanaṃva, vicittanānādumasaṇḍamaṇḍitaṃ; Sugandhabhūtaṃ pavanaṃ surammaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Sarā vicittā vividhā manoramā, susajjitā paṅkajapuṇḍarīkā; Pasannasītodakacārupuṇṇā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Suphullanānāvidhapaṅkajehi , virājamānā sucigandhagandhā; Pamodayanteva narāmarānaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Suphullapaṅkeruhasannisinnā, dijā samantā mabhinādayantā; Modanti bhariyāhi samaṅgino te, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Suphullapupphehi rajaṃ gahetvā, alī vidhāvanti vikūjamānā; Madhumhi gandho vidisaṃ pavāyati, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Abhinnanādā madavāraṇā ca, girīhi dhāvanti ca vāridhārā; Savanti najjo suvirājitāva samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Girī samantāva padissamānā, mayūragīvā iva nīlavaṇṇā; Disā rajindāva virocayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Mayūrasaṅghā girimuddhanasmiṃ, naccanti nārīhi samaṅgibhūtā; Kūjanti nānāmadhurassarehi, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Suvādikā nekadijā manuññā, vicittapattehi virājamānā; Girimhi ṭhatvā abhinādayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Suphullapupphākaramābhikiṇṇā , sugandhanānādalalaṅkatā ca; Girī virocanti disā samantā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Jalāsayā nekasugandhagandhā, surindauyyānajalāsayāva; Savanti najjo suvirājamānā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vicittatitthehi alaṅkatā ca, manuññanānāmigapakkhipāsā; Najjo virocanti susandamānā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Ubhosu passesu jalāsayesu, supupphitā cārusugandharukkhā; Vibhūsitaggā surasundarī ca, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Sugandhanānādumajālakiṇṇaṃ , vanaṃ vicittaṃ suranandanaṃva; Manobhirāmaṃ satataṃ gatīnaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Sampannanānāsuciannapānā, sabyañjanā sādurasena yuttā; Pathesu gāme sulabhā manuññā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Virājitā āsi mahī samantā, vicittavaṇṇā kusumāsanassa; Rattindagopehi alaṅkatāva samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Visuddhasaddhādiguṇehi yuttā, sambuddharājaṃ abhipatthayantā; Bahūhi tattheva janā samantā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vicitraārāmasupokkharañño, vicitranānāpadumehi channā; Bhisehi khīraṃva rasaṃ pavāyati, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vicitranīlacchadanenalaṅkatā, manuññarukkhā ubhatovakāse; Samuggatā sattasamūhabhūtā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vicitranīlabbhamivāyataṃ vanaṃ, surindaloke iva nandanaṃ vanaṃ; Sabbotukaṃ sādhusugandhapupphaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Subhañjasaṃ yojanayojanesu, subhikkhagāmā sulabhā manuññā; Janābhikiṇṇā sulabhannapānā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Pahūtachāyūdakarammabhūtā, nivāsinaṃ sabbasukhappadātā; Visālasālā ca sabhā ca bahū, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vicittanānādumasaṇḍamaṇḍitā, manuññauyyānasupokkharañño; Sumāpitā sādhusugandhagandhā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vāto mudūsītalasādhurūpo, nabhā ca abbhā vigatā samantā; Disā ca sabbāva virocayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Pathe rajonuggamanatthameva, rattiṃ pavassanti ca mandavuṭṭhī; Nabhe ca sūro mudukova tāpo, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Madappabāhā madahatthisaṅghā, kareṇusaṅghehi sukīḷayanti; Disā vidhāvanti ca gajjayantā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vanaṃ sunīlaṃ abhidassanīyaṃ, nīlabbhakūṭaṃ iva rammabhūtaṃ; Vilokitānaṃ ativimhanīyaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Visuddhamabbhaṃ gaganaṃ surammaṃ, maṇimayehi samalaṅkatāva; Disā ca sabbā atirocayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Gandhabbavijjādharakinnarā ca, sugītiyantā madhurassarena; Caranti tasmiṃ pavane suramme, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Kilesasaṅghassa bhitāsakehi, tapassisaṅghehi nisevitaṃ vanaṃ; Vihāraārāmasamiddhibhūtaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Samiddhinānāphalino vanantā, anākulā niccamanobhirammā; Samādhipītiṃ abhivaḍḍhayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Nisevitaṃ nekadijehi niccaṃ, gāmena gāmaṃ satataṃ vasantā; Pure pure gāmavarā ca santi, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vatthannapānaṃ sayanāsanañca, gandhañca mālañca vilepanañca; Tahiṃ samiddhā janatā bahū ca, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Puññiddhiyā sabbayasaggapattā, janā ca tasmiṃ sukhitā samiddhā; Pahūtabhogā vividhā vasanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Nabhe ca abbhā suvisuddhavaṇṇā, disā ca cando suvirājitova; Rattiñca vāto mudusītalo ca, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Canduggame sabbajanā pahaṭṭhā, sakaṅgaṇe citrakathā vadantā; Piyehi saddhiṃ abhimodayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Candassa raṃsīhi nabhaṃ viroci, mahī ca saṃsuddhamanuññavaṇṇā; Disā ca sabbā parisuddharūpā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Dūre ca disvā varacandaraṃsiṃ, pupphiṃsu pupphāni mahītalasmiṃ; Samantato gandhaguṇatthikānaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Candassa raṃsīhi vilimpitāva, mahī samantā kusumenalaṅkatā; Viroci sabbaṅgasumālinīva, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Kucanti hatthīpi madena mattā, vicittapiñchā ca dijā samantā; Karonti nādaṃ pavane suramme, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Pathañca sabbaṃ paṭipajjanakkhamaṃ, iddhañca raṭṭhaṃ sadhanaṃ sabhogaṃ; Sabbatthutaṃ sabbasukhappadānaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vanañca sabbaṃ suvicittarūpaṃ, sumāpitaṃ nandanakānanaṃva; Yatīna pītiṃ satataṃ janeti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Alaṅkataṃ devapuraṃva rammaṃ, kapīlavatthuṃ iti nāmadheyyaṃ; Kulanagaraṃ idha sassirikaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Manuññaaṭṭālavicittarūpaṃ, suphullapaṅkeruhasaṇḍamaṇḍitaṃ; Vicittaparikhāhi puraṃ surammaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vicittapākārañca toraṇañca, subhaṅgaṇaṃ devanivāsabhūtaṃ; Manuññavīthi suralokasannibhaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Alaṅkatā sākiyarājaputtā, virājamānā varabhūsanehi; Surindaloke iva devaputtā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Suddhodano munivaraṃ abhidassanāya, amaccaputte dasadhā apesayi; Balena saddhiṃ mahatā muninda, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Nevāgataṃ passati neva vācaṃ, sokābhibhūtaṃ naravīraseṭṭhaṃ; Tosetumicchāmi narādhipattaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Taṃdassanenabbhutapītirāsi, udikkhamānaṃ dvipadānamindaṃ; Tosehi taṃ muninda guṇaseṭṭhaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Āsāya kassate khettaṃ, bījaṃ āsāya vappati; Āsāya vāṇijā yanti, samuddaṃ dhanahārakā; Yāya āsāya tiṭṭhāmi, sā me āsā samijjhatu. ‘‘Nātisītaṃ nātiuṇhaṃ, nātidubbhikkhachātakaṃ; Saddalā haritā bhūmi, esa kālo mahāmunī’’ti.
那时,世尊问他:“优陀夷,你为何如此赞叹行旅?”优陀夷答道:“尊者,您的父王——净饭大王渴望见到您,请您摄受这些亲族吧。”世尊说:“善哉,优陀夷,我将摄受亲族。既如此,你去告知比丘僧团,让他们做好出行的事宜。”优陀夷长老应道:“善哉,尊者。”随即向比丘僧团传达了通知。显示巴利原文
Atha naṃ satthā – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, udāyi, gamanavaṇṇaṃ vaṇṇesī’’ti āha. ‘‘Bhante, tumhākaṃ pitā suddhodanamahārājā daṭṭhukāmo, karotha ñātakānaṃ saṅgaha’’nti āha. ‘‘Sādhu, udāyi, karissāmi ñātisaṅgahaṃ, tena hi bhikkhusaṅghassa ārocehi , gamiyavattaṃ pūressantī’’ti āha. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti thero bhikkhusaṅghassa ārocesi.
世尊由来自摩揭陀国的一万位善男子比丘,以及来自迦毗罗卫的一万位善男子比丘,共两万位漏尽比丘围绕,离开王舍城,每日行走一由旬,历经两个月抵达迦毗罗卫城。释迦族人一得知世尊已到,心想:“我们要拜见亲族中最尊贵者。”便探察世尊的住处,认定“尼拘律园环境宜人”,于是备办一切,手持香花前往迎接,身佩种种庄严,以香、花、末香等供养,并请世尊先行,一同前往尼拘律园。显示巴利原文
Satthā aṅgamagadhavāsīnaṃ kulaputtānaṃ dasahi sahassehi, kapilavatthuvāsīnaṃ dasahi sahassehīti sabbeheva vīsatiyā khīṇāsavabhikkhusahassehi parivuto rājagahā nikkhamitvā divase divase yojanaṃ yojanaṃ gacchanto dvīhi māsehi kapilavatthupuraṃ sampāpuṇi. Sākiyāpi anuppatteyeva bhagavati – ‘‘amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭhaṃ passissāmā’’ti bhagavato vasanaṭṭhānaṃ vīmaṃsamānā ‘‘nigrodhasakkassārāmo ramaṇīyo’’ti sallakkhetvā sabbaṃ paṭijagganavidhiṃ kāretvā gandhapupphahatthā paccuggamanaṃ karontā sabbālaṅkārehi samalaṅkatagattā gandhapupphacuṇṇādīhi pūjayamānā bhagavantaṃ purakkhatvā nigrodhārāmameva agamaṃsu.
在那里,世尊由两万位漏尽者围绕,坐于铺设好的殊胜佛座上。释迦族人生性骄慢,傲慢固执,心想:“悉达多太子比我们年轻得多,是我们的幼弟、儿子、外甥、孙子。”于是对年轻的王子们说:“你们去礼拜,我们就坐在你们后面。”当他们如此坐定后,世尊观察他们心中的倾向,思惟:“这些亲族抱着自己年长德高的想法,不肯礼拜我;他们并不了知佛陀是何等之人、佛力是何等殊胜,也不了知佛陀如此、佛力如此。现在我便显示佛力与神力,示现神变:在虚空中化现一座广一万轮围、全由众宝所成的经行道,然后在其上经行,待观察大众心意后再说法。”因此,结集者为显明世尊当时的思惟,这样说道:显示巴利原文
Tatra bhagavā vīsatiyā khīṇāsavasahassehi parivuto paññattavarabuddhāsane nisīdi. Sākiyā pana mānajātikā mānatthaddhā, ‘‘siddhatthakumāro amhehi daharataro, amhākaṃ kaniṭṭho bhātā, putto, bhāgineyyo, nattā’’ti cintetvā daharadahare rājakumāre āhaṃsu – ‘‘tumhe vandatha, mayaṃ tumhākaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito nisīdissāmā’’ti. Tesvevaṃ nisinnesu bhagavā tesaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ oloketvā – ‘‘ime ñātakā attano moghajiṇṇabhāvena na maṃ vandanti, na panete jānanti ‘buddho nāma kīdiso, buddhabalaṃ nāma kīdisa’nti vā, ‘buddho nāma ediso, buddhabalaṃ nāma edisa’nti vā, handāhaṃ attano buddhabalaṃ iddhibalañca dassento pāṭihāriyañca kareyyaṃ, ākāse dasasahassacakkavāḷavitthataṃ sabbaratanamayaṃ caṅkamaṃ māpetvā tattha caṅkamanto mahājanassa ajjhāsayaṃ oloketvā dhammañca deseyya’’nti cintesi. Tena vuttaṃ saṅgītikārakehi bhagavato parivitakkadassanatthaṃ –
‘这些身处诸天与人之间者,并不了知这位最上之人——佛陀,究竟是何等的殊胜;
也不了知利益世间的那位佛陀,其神通力、智慧力与佛力,究竟是何等的殊胜。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na hete jānanti sadevamānusā, buddho ayaṃ kīdisako naruttamo; Iddhibalaṃ paññābalañca kīdisaṃ, buddhabalaṃ lokahitassa kīdisaṃ.
天人众中,无人知晓——此最上人,佛陀,正是如此;
如此神通力与慧力,如此利益世间之佛力。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na hete jānanti sadevamānusā, buddho ayaṃ edisako naruttamo; Iddhibalaṃ paññābalañca edisaṃ, buddhabalaṃ lokahitassa edisaṃ.
“现在,我将开显无上的佛力;
我将于虚空中,示现以众宝所成的经行道。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Handāhaṃ dassayissāmi, buddhabalamanuttaraṃ; Caṅkamaṃ māpayissāmi, nabhe ratanamaṇḍita’’nti.
此处,‘na hete jānanti’(这些不知)义为‘这些人确实不知’。其中‘na’是否定词,‘hi’是表原因的虚词。整句意为:因为在我的佛力与神力尚未开显之时,我的这些亲族等诸天、众人,并不知道‘佛陀是如此,神力是如此’,所以我现在要开显自己的佛力与神力。关于‘sadevamānusā’(与诸天、众人共住者):此中‘devā’指化生的天众。与诸天共住者,即‘sadevā’。与谁共住?‘mānusā’指人类。与诸天共住之人,故说为‘sadevamānusā’。另一种解释是,‘deva’指假名天——即净饭王。与净饭王这位王(即天)共住,是为‘sadevā’。‘mānusā’指亲族众人。与天共住者,即与净饭王共住的亲族众人,故说为‘sadevamānusā’,意为‘包括国王在内的这些我的亲族之人,不了知我的力’。其余天众也同样被包含在内。一切天众,因具足‘嬉戏’等义而被称为‘天’。所谓嬉戏,是就界的含义而言,即游戏等。另一种解释是,诸天与人合称为‘devamānusā’。显示巴利原文
Tattha na hete jānantīti na hi ete jānanti. Na-kāro paṭisedhattho. Hi-kāro kāraṇatthe nipāto. Yasmā panete mama ñātiādayo devamanussā mayā buddhabale ca iddhibale ca anāvikate na jānanti ‘‘ediso buddho, edisaṃ iddhibala’’nti, tasmā ahaṃ mama buddhabalañca iddhibalañca dasseyyanti attho. Sadevamānusāti ettha devāti upapattidevā adhippetā. Saha devehīti sadevā. Ke te? Mānusā, sadevā eva mānusā sadevamānusā. Atha vā devoti sammutidevo, suddhodano rājā adhippeto. Saha devena raññā suddhodanenāti sadevā. Mānusāti ñātimānusā, sadevā sasuddhodanā mānusā sadevamānusā sarājāno vā ete mama ñātimānusā mama balaṃ na vijānantīti attho. Sesadevāpi saṅgahaṃ gacchantiyeva. Sabbepi devā devanaṭṭhena ‘‘devā’’ti vuccanti. Devanaṃ nāma dhātuattho kīḷādi. Atha vā devā ca mānusā ca devamānusā, saha devamānusehi sadevamānusā. Ke te? Lokāti vacanaseso daṭṭhabbo. Buddhoti catusaccadhamme buddho anubuddhoti buddho. Yathāha –
应遍知者已遍知,应修习者已修习,
应断除者我已断除,因此,婆罗门,我是佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ, bhāvetabbañca bhāvitaṃ; Pahātabbaṃ pahīnaṃ me, tasmā buddhosmi brāhmaṇā’’ti. (ma. ni. 2.399; su. ni. 563);
在此,于主动句中,“buddha”一词的成立应这样理解:已证得殊胜的天神与人们说“彼世尊确实是正自觉者”——如此,以觉悟性被了知故,称为佛陀。于被动句中,“buddha”一词的成立应这样理解:又或者,因为他拥有觉,所以称为佛陀,意思是“具有觉悟”。凡此种种,皆应依声明学而了知。“kīdisako”意为:何等样人?像什么?与什么相似?什么颜色?什么形态?是高是矮?显示巴利原文
Idha pana kattukārake buddhasaddasiddhi daṭṭhabbā. Adhigatavisesehi devamanussehi ‘‘sammāsambuddho vata so bhagavā’’ti evaṃ buddhattā ñātattā buddho. Idha kammakārake buddhasaddasiddhi daṭṭhabbā. Buddhamassa atthīti vā buddho, buddhavantoti attho. Taṃ sabbaṃ saddasatthānusārena veditabbaṃ. Kīdisakoti kīdiso kiṃsarikkhako kiṃsadiso kiṃvaṇṇo kiṃsaṇṭhāno dīgho vā rasso vāti attho.
“人中最胜”:在众人之中,或于人群当中,最为殊胜、最上等、最尊贵,故称人中最胜。“神通力”:于此,“成就”即是神通,就完成义与获得义而言,称为神通。又或者,因依此而令众生得以成就、增长、达到卓越状态,故称神通。此神通有十种,如所说:显示巴利原文
Naruttamoti narānaṃ naresu vā uttamo pavaro seṭṭhoti naruttamo. Iddhibalanti ettha ijjhanaṃ iddhi nipphattiatthena paṭilābhaṭṭhena ca iddhi. Atha vā ijjhanti tāya sattā iddhā vuddhā ukkaṃsagatā hontīti iddhi. Sā pana dasavidhā hoti. Yathāha –
“神通有十种。哪十种呢?决意神通、变化神通、意所成神通、智遍满神通、定遍满神通、圣神通、业报所生神通、有福德者神通、明所成神通,以及于各处以正精勤为缘成就义神通。”(《无碍解道》3.10)显示巴利原文
‘‘Iddhiyoti dasa iddhiyo. Katamā dasa? Adhiṭṭhānā iddhi, vikubbanā iddhi, manomayā iddhi, ñāṇavipphārā iddhi, samādhivipphārā iddhi, ariyā iddhi, kammavipākajā iddhi, puññavato iddhi, vijjāmayā iddhi, tattha tattha sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 3.10).
这些神通的差别如下:通常,一人将心转向多个,或转向百人、千人,转向后以智慧决意“我成为多”。(《无碍解道》3.10)如此分别开示的神通,因依决意而成就,故称决意神通。其义为:入神通基础的第四禅那,出定后,若欲变为百人,便以欲界遍作心如是作意:“我成为百,我成为百。”再入神通基础禅那,出定后转向并决意,当决意心生起时,即成为百人。于千等数目,亦依同样方法。显示巴利原文
Tāsaṃ idaṃ nānattaṃ – pakatiyā eko bahukaṃ āvajjeti, sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā āvajjitvā ñāṇena adhiṭṭhāti ‘‘bahuko homī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 3.10) evaṃ vibhajitvā dassitā iddhi adhiṭṭhānavasena nipphannattā adhiṭṭhānā iddhi nāma. Tassāyamattho – abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya sace sataṃ icchati ‘‘sataṃ homi, sataṃ homī’’ti kāmāvacaraparikammacittehi parikammaṃ katvā puna abhiññāpādakaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya puna āvajjitvā adhiṭṭhāti, adhiṭṭhānacittena saheva sataṃ hoti. Sahassādīsupi eseva nayo.
其中,基础禅那心以似相为所缘;遍作心以百为所缘,或以千等数目中的某一为所缘,且那些所缘是依颜色而言,并非依概念而言。决意心同样唯以百为所缘,但如安止心一般,紧接于种姓心之后生起,是色界第四禅那心。然后,他舍弃了本来的面貌,化现为童子相,或龙相,或金翅鸟相……乃至……显现种种的军队阵列。(《无碍解道》3.13)像这样所说的神通,由于是藉由舍弃本来面貌而产生变化的方式运作,故称为“变化神通”。显示巴利原文
Tattha pādakajjhānacittaṃ nimittārammaṇaṃ parikammacittāni satārammaṇāni vā sahassādīsu aññatarārammaṇāni vā, tāni ca kho vaṇṇavasena, no paṇṇattivasena. Adhiṭṭhānacittampi satārammaṇameva, taṃ pana appanācittaṃ viya gotrabhuanantarameva uppajjati rūpāvacaracatutthajhānikaṃ . So pana pakativaṇṇaṃ vijahitvā kumāravaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti nāgavaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti. Supaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ vā…pe… vividhampi senābyūhaṃ vā dassetīti (paṭi. ma. 3.13) evaṃ āgatā iddhi pakativaṇṇavijahanavikāravasena pavattattā vikubbaniddhi nāma.
“在此,比丘从此身化现出另一个身,有色、意所成、诸根完具、肢节无缺。”(《无碍解道》3.14)依此方式所说的神通,即于自身内部成就另一个意所成身而生起,故称“意所成神通”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Idha bhikkhu imamhā kāyā aññaṃ kāyaṃ abhinimmināti rūpiṃ manomayaṃ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṃ ahīnindriya’’nti (paṭi. ma. 3.14) iminā nayena āgatā iddhi sarīrasseva abbhantare aññassa manomayassa sarīrassa nipphattivasena pavattattā manomayiddhi nāma.
在智生起之前、之后,或在智生起的当下,凭借该自体未来当证的阿拉汉果智之威力,所引生的殊胜境界,称为“智遍满神通”。具寿拔古喇与具寿桑基洽的智遍满神通,在此应当讲述他们的事迹。(《增支部注》1.1.226)显示巴利原文
Ñāṇuppattito pubbe vā pacchā vā taṅkhaṇe vā tena attabhāvena paṭilabhitabbaarahattañāṇānubhāvena nibbatto viseso ñāṇavipphāro iddhi nāma. Āyasmato bākulassa ca āyasmato saṃkiccassa ca ñāṇavipphārā iddhi, tesaṃ vatthu cettha kathetabbaṃ (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.226).
在入定前、出定后,或定中当下那一刻,由于止的威力所产生的殊胜状态,称为定遍满神通。尊者舍利弗的定遍满神通(《优陀那》34)、尊者桑基瓦的定遍满神通(《中部注》1.507)、尊者卡努康丹尼亚的定遍满神通(《法句经注》1.卡努康丹尼亚长老事)、优婆夷乌达拉的定遍满神通(《法句经注》2.乌达拉优婆夷事;《增支部注》1.1.262)、优婆夷娑摩婆提的定遍满神通(《法句经注》1.娑摩婆提事;《增支部注》1.1.260-261)——这些事例本应在此详述,但为避免论著过于冗长,我便不作展开。显示巴利原文
Samādhito pubbe vā pacchā vā taṅkhaṇe vā samathānubhāvena nibbatto viseso samādhivipphārā iddhi nāma. Āyasmato sāriputtassa samādhivipphārā iddhi (udā. 34), āyasmato sañjīvassa samādhivipphārā iddhi (ma. ni. 1.507), āyasmato khāṇukoṇḍaññassa samādhivipphārā iddhi (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.khāṇukoṇḍaññattheravatthu), uttarāya upāsikāya samādhivipphārā iddhi (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2.uttarāupāsikāvatthu; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.262), sāmāvatiyā upāsikāya samādhivipphārā iddhīti (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.sāmāvatīvatthu; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.260-261) tesaṃ vatthūnettha kathetabbāni, ganthavitthāradosaparihāratthaṃ pana mayā na vitthāritāni.
什么是圣神通?此处,若比丘希望‘于可厌的所缘,住于不厌想’,便能于彼处住于不厌想;若希望‘于不可厌的所缘,住于厌想’,便能于彼处住于厌想……乃至……能于彼处具念、正知,住于舍。(《无碍解道》3.17)这只有证得心自在的圣者们才能生起,因此称为圣神通。显示巴利原文
Katamā ariyā iddhi? Idha bhikkhu sace ākaṅkhati ‘‘paṭikkūle appaṭikkūlasaññī vihareyya’’nti appaṭikkūlasaññī tattha viharati, sace ākaṅkhati ‘‘appaṭikkūle paṭikkūlasaññī vihareyya’’nti paṭikkūlasaññī tattha viharati…pe… upekkhako tattha viharati sato sampajānoti (paṭi. ma. 3.17). Ayañhi cetovasippattānaṃ ariyānaṃyeva sambhavato ariyā iddhi nāma.
什么是业报生神通?所有鸟类、一切天人、初劫时代的人类,以及一部分恶趣众生所具备的飞行等能力,称为业报生神通。什么是福报者神通?转轮王能与四支军队一同飞行于空中。结发者居士那里,曾有八十肘高的金山出现,这称为福报者神通。郭萨卡长者(《法句经注》1.库姆巴郭萨卡长者事)虽在七处遭遇谋杀企图,却安然无恙,这也是福报者神通。门达卡长者(《法句经注》2.门达卡长者事)在约八迦梨萨的区域内,曾出现七宝所成的羊群,这也是福报者神通。显示巴利原文
Katamā kammavipākajā iddhi? Sabbesaṃ pakkhīnaṃ sabbesaṃ devānaṃ paṭhamakappikānaṃ manussānaṃ ekaccānañca vinipātikānaṃ vehāsagamanādikā kammavipākajā iddhi nāma. Katamā puññavato iddhi? Rājā cakkavattī vehāsaṃ gacchati saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya. Jaṭilakassa gahapatissa asītihattho suvaṇṇapabbato nibbatti. Ayaṃ puññavato iddhi nāma. Ghosakassa gahapatino (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.kumbhaghosakaseṭṭhivatthu) sattasu ṭhānesu māraṇatthāya upakkame katepi arogabhāvo puññavato iddhi. Meṇḍakaseṭṭhissa (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2.meṇḍakaseṭṭhivatthu) aṭṭhakarīsamatte padese sattaratanamayānaṃ meṇḍakānaṃ pātubhāvo puññavato iddhi.
什么是明成神通?持明者诵持明咒后,飞行于空中,在虚空、半空中示现象……乃至……示现种种军队阵列(《无碍解道》3.18)。诸如此类由明咒所引发的神通,称为明成神通。由造作种种业而生的殊胜状态,从‘依正勤因缘而得成就’的意义上,即是神通——在种种情况下,依种种正勤因缘而成就的,都称为神通。在这十种神通中,那种力量称为‘神通力’,意即:他们不知我的此神通力。显示巴利原文
Katamā vijjāmayā iddhi? Vijjādharā vijjaṃ parijappitvā vehāsaṃ gacchanti, ākāse antalikkhe hatthimpi dassenti…pe… vividhampi senābyūhaṃ dassentīti (paṭi. ma. 3.18). Ādinayappavattā vijjāmayā iddhi nāma. Taṃ taṃ kammaṃ katvā nibbatto viseso ‘sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhī’ti ayaṃ tattha tattha sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhi nāma. Imissā dasavidhāya iddhiyā balaṃ iddhibalaṃ nāma, idaṃ mayhaṃ iddhibalaṃ na jānantīti attho (visuddhi. 2.375 ādayo).
「慧力」:此处特指能带来一切世间与出世间功德殊胜的阿拉汉道慧力,他们对此亦不知。有些论师说:‘这是对六种不共智的称谓,即慧力。’「佛力」:此处所说的佛力,是指佛陀的威力,或十力智。其中,十力智即是:处非处智力、过去未来现在业报智、遍趣行智力、种种界智、种种胜解智力、根上下智力、对诸禅那、解脱、定、等至的染污、清净与出起的如实智、宿住随念智、死生智、漏尽智,此为十种。此十种智的称谓即是‘佛力’。‘如是’:意即如此,或此即是原词。显示巴利原文
Paññābalanti sabbalokiyalokuttaraguṇavisesadāyakaṃ arahattamaggapaññābalaṃ adhippetaṃ, tampi ete na jānanti. Keci ‘‘channaṃ asādhāraṇañāṇānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ paññābala’’nti vadanti. Buddhabalanti ettha buddhabalaṃ nāma buddhānubhāvo, dasabalañāṇāni vā. Tattha dasabalañāṇāni nāma ṭhānāṭṭhānañāṇaṃ, atītānāgatapaccuppannakammavipākajānanañāṇaṃ, sabbatthagāminipaṭipadāñāṇaṃ, anekadhātunānādhātulokajānanañāṇaṃ, nānādhimuttikañāṇaṃ, āsayānusayañāṇaṃ, jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṃ saṃkilesavodānavuṭṭhānesu yathābhūtañāṇaṃ, pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ, cutūpapātañāṇaṃ, āsavakkhayañāṇanti imāni dasa. Imesaṃ dasannaṃ ñāṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ buddhabalanti. Edisanti īdisaṃ, ayameva vā pāṭho.
「且看」(handāti):表决意的语助词。「我」:指自己。究竟说什么呢?因为我的这些亲族,不知佛力,不知佛陀的功德,仅凭自己这副徒然老朽之身,依恃慢心,竟不向我这世间最尊贵、最殊胜者礼敬。因此,他们高擎慢幢,我要将其折断,为令他们礼敬而示现佛力——这便是这句话的意涵。「我当示现」:即‘我应当示现’。有的本子也作‘我应当示现’,意义相同。「佛力」:即佛的威力,或佛的殊胜智慧。「无上」:无可比拟的。「经行处」:应当经行之处。「我当化作」:即‘我应当化作’。有的本子作‘我将化作经行处’,意义相同。「空中」:于虚空里。「一切宝庄严」:以一切能生起喜悦的宝物——珍珠、宝石、琉璃、螺贝、石板、珊瑚、银、金、猫眼石、赤珠,由此十种宝物严饰的,称为一切宝庄严,即彼一切宝庄严(的经行处)。也有人读作‘空中宝庄严’。显示巴利原文
Handāti vavassaggatthe nipāto. Ahanti attānaṃ niddisati. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yasmā panete mama ñātakā buddhabalaṃ vā buddhaguṇe vā na jānanti, kevalaṃ attano moghajiṇṇabhāvaṃ nissāya mānavasena sabbalokajeṭṭhaseṭṭhaṃ maṃ na vandanti. Tasmā tesaṃ mānaketu atthi, taṃ bhañjitvā vandanatthaṃ buddhabalaṃ dasseyyanti vuttaṃ hoti. Dassayissāmīti dasseyyaṃ. ‘‘Dassessāmī’’ti ca pāṭho, soyevattho. Buddhabalanti buddhānubhāvaṃ, buddhañāṇavisesaṃ vā. Anuttaranti niruttaraṃ. Caṅkamanti caṅkamitabbaṭṭhānaṃ vuccati. Māpayissāmīti māpeyyaṃ. ‘‘Caṅkamanaṃ māpessāmī’’ti ca pāṭho, soyevattho. Nabheti ākāse. Sabbaratanamaṇḍitanti sabbehi ratijananaṭṭhena ratanehi muttā-maṇi-veḷuriya-saṅkha-silā-pavāḷa-rajata-suvaṇṇa-masāragalla-lohitaṅkehi dasahi dasahi maṇḍito alaṅkato sabbaratanamaṇḍito, taṃ sabbaratanamaṇḍitaṃ. ‘‘Nabhe ratanamaṇḍita’’nti paṭhanti keci.
就在世尊如此思惟之际,一万个轮围世界中的地居天等诸天,满心欢喜,齐声赞叹“善哉”。结集者为了阐明此义,安立了下面的偈颂:显示巴利原文
Athevaṃ bhagavatā cintitamatte dasasahassacakkavāḷavāsino bhummādayo devā pamuditahadayā sādhukāramadaṃsu. Tamatthaṃ pakāsentehi saṅgītikārakehi –
地居天、四大王天、三十三天、夜摩天、兜率天、化乐天、
他化自在天,以及梵身天的天众,也都满心欢喜,发出宏大的音声。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhummā mahārājikā tāvatiṃsā, yāmā ca devā tusitā ca nimmitā; Paranimmitā yepi ca brahmakāyikā, ānanditā vipulamakaṃsu ghosa’’nti. –
应知,此为开端的偈颂。显示巴利原文
Ādigāthāyo ṭhapitāti veditabbā.
这其中,「地居天」:指居住于地的天神,也就是住在岩石、山峦、森林与树木等处的诸神。「四大王天」:指属于四大王天的眷属。地居诸天听闻此声后,虚空住的天神听闻了;随后,卷云天的天神听闻了;随后,暖云天的天神听闻了;随后,寒云天的天神听闻了;随后,雨云天的天神听闻了;随后,风云天的天神听闻了;随后,四大天王听闻了;随后,三十三天听闻了;随后,夜摩天听闻了;随后,兜率天听闻了;随后,化乐天听闻了;随后,他化自在天听闻了;随后,梵身天听闻了;随后,梵辅天听闻了;随后,大梵天听闻了;随后,少光天听闻了;随后,无量光天听闻了;随后,光音天听闻了;随后,少净天听闻了;随后,无量净天听闻了;随后,遍净天听闻了;随后,广果天听闻了;随后,无烦天听闻了;随后,无热天听闻了;随后,善现天听闻了;随后,善见天听闻了;随后,阿迦腻吒天诸神听闻后,皆发出广大音声。除了无想有情与无色界有情之外,在耳门能作用到的范围内,一切天、人、龙等,内心俱生欢喜,发出了欢呼声,这便是其义。「欢喜」:指内心极其愉悦,喜悦与满足生起。「广大」:指辽阔、宽广。显示巴利原文
Tattha bhummāti bhummaṭṭhā, pāsāṇapabbatavanarukkhādīsu ṭhitā. Mahārājikāti mahārājapakkhikā. Bhummaṭṭhānaṃ devatānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā ākāsaṭṭhakadevatā, tato abbhavalāhakā devatā, tato uṇhavalāhakā devatā, tato sītavalāhakā devatā, tato vassavalāhakā devatā, tato vātavalāhakā devatā, tato cattāro mahārājāno, tato tāvatiṃsā, tato yāmā, tato tusitā, tato nimmānaratī, tato paranimmitavasavattī, tato brahmakāyikā, tato brahmapurohitā, tato mahābrahmāno, tato parittābhā, tato appamāṇābhā, tato ābhassarā, tato parittasubhā, tato appamāṇasubhā, tato subhakiṇhā, tato vehapphalā, tato avihā, tato atappā, tato sudassā, tato sudassī, tato akaniṭṭhā devatā saddaṃ sutvā mahantaṃ saddaṃ akaṃsu. Asaññino ca arūpāvacarasatte ca ṭhapetvā sotāyatanapavattiṭṭhāne sabbe devamanussanāgādayo pītivasaṃ gatahadayā ukkuṭṭhisaddamakaṃsūti attho. Ānanditāti pamuditahadayā, sañjātapītisomanassā hutvāti attho. Vipulanti puthulaṃ.
随后,导师思惟已,即刻入白遍定,发愿:“愿一万轮围世界充满光明!” 此决意心生起时,光明同时显现,从大地直达阿迦腻吒天界。因此这么说:显示巴利原文
Atha satthā cintitasamanantarameva odātakasiṇasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā – ‘‘dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu āloko hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena adhiṭṭhānacittena saheva āloko ahosi pathavito paṭṭhāya yāva akaniṭṭhabhavanā. Tena vuttaṃ –
“大地与诸天皆被照亮,广阔的中间世界也无有遮蔽。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Obhāsitā ca pathavī sadevakā, puthū ca lokantarikā asaṃvutā; Tamo ca tibbo vihato tadā ahu, disvāna accherakaṃ pāṭihīra’’nti.
「被照亮」即照亮。「地」此处有四种:一、「硬地」:在《分别论》中所说“何谓内的地界?即内在、各自的硬与坚硬性”等,此即硬地。二、「积聚地」:如《波逸提》所说“若比丘挖掘或令挖掘地”等;头发等二十种身分,以及铁等外物,这些地由颜色等成分积聚而成,故名积聚地。三、「相地」:在《长部》中所说“有人认知地遍”等,亦名所缘地。四、「假名地」:证得地遍禅那者投生天界后,从彼处还来,由此获得“地天”之名,如经中“水、天、地”等语,此即假名地,当知亦名施设地。然而此处所说,是指积聚地。显示巴利原文
Tattha obhāsitāti pakāsitā. Pathavīti etthāyaṃ pathavī catubbidhā – kakkhaḷapathavī, sasambhārapathavī, nimittapathavī, sammutipathavīti. Tāsu ‘‘katamā cāvuso, ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu? Yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ kakkhaḷaṃ kharigata’’ntiādīsu (vibha. 173) vuttā ayaṃ kakkhaḷapathavī nāma. ‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu pathaviṃ khaṇeyya vā khaṇāpeyya vā’’tiādīsu (pāci. 85) vuttā sasambhārapathavī, ye ca kesādayo vīsati koṭṭhāsā, ayolohādayo ca bāhirā; sāpi vaṇṇādīhi sambhārehi saddhiṃ pathavīti sasambhārapathavī nāma. ‘‘Pathavīkasiṇameko sañjānātī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.360) nimittapathavī ‘‘ārammaṇapathavī’’tipi vuccati. Pathavīkasiṇajhānalābhī devaloke nibbatto āgamanavasena ‘‘pathavīdevo’’ti nāmaṃ labhati. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘āpo ca devā pathavī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.340) ayaṃ sammutipathavī, paññattipathavī nāmāti veditabbā. Idha pana sasambhārapathavī adhippetā (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.2 pathavīvāravaṇṇanā).
「含天神的」指包括天界。另有文本作“sadevatā”,若如此则更善,意为含天神的人间被照亮。「众多」即很多。「世界中间」是对阿修罗身地狱的称谓。每三个轮围之间,便有一处世界中间,如同三个车轮紧密相挨时中间的空隙;每一世界中间地狱,大小有八千由旬。「无遮掩」指下方无有依托。「及黑暗」即黑暗。「浓厚」谓稠密、深厚。因无日月之光,故恒常黑暗。「被消除」即被驱散。「那时」:当世尊出于悲悯众生,为示现神变而放出光明时,那时那浓厚、位于世界中间地狱的黑暗,便被消除、驱散了。此即其义。显示巴利原文
Sadevakāti sadevalokā. ‘‘Sadevatā’’tipi pāṭho atthi ce sundarataraṃ, sadevako manussaloko obhāsitoti attho. Puthūti bahū. Lokantarikāti asurakāyanarakānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tā pana tiṇṇaṃ cakkavāḷānaṃ antarā ekā lokantarikā hoti, tiṇṇaṃ sakaṭacakkānaṃ aññamaññaṃ āhacca ṭhitānaṃ majjhe okāso viya ekeko lokantarikanirayo, parimāṇato aṭṭhayojanasahasso hoti. Asaṃvutāti heṭṭhā appatiṭṭhā. Tamo cāti andhakāro. Tibboti bahalo ghano. Candimasūriyālokābhāvato niccandhakārova hoti. Vihatoti viddhasto. Tadāti yadā pana bhagavā sattesu kāruññataṃ paṭicca pāṭihāriyakaraṇatthaṃ ālokaṃ phari, tadā so tamo tibbo lokantarikāsu ṭhito, vihato viddhasto ahosīti attho.
“不可思议”意为适合弹指,即因惊叹而适合用手指弹击。“教诫神变”:因能破除违碍,故为教诫神变;或因能折服众生心中的见慢,故为教诫神变;或因能令未生净信者生起净信,故为教诫神变。也有读作“pāṭihera”的,意义相同。在此,这是对一种特殊光明施设的称呼。在“见到不可思议的教诫神变”这句中,应当引出“天、人,以及生于世界中间的有情,见到世尊的该神变后,生起了最高的欢喜与喜悦”这段话,才能明了其义,否则上下文便无法衔接。显示巴利原文
Accherakanti accharāpaharaṇayoggaṃ, vimhayavasena aṅgulīhi paharaṇayogganti attho. Pāṭihīranti paṭipakkhaharaṇato pāṭihīraṃ. Paṭiharati sattānaṃ diṭṭhimānopagatāni cittānīti vā pāṭihīraṃ, appasannānaṃ sattānaṃ pasādaṃ paṭiāharatīti vā pāṭihīraṃ. ‘‘Pāṭihera’’ntipi pāṭho, soyevattho. Ettha ālokavidhānavisesassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Disvāna accherakaṃpāṭihīranti ettha devā ca manussā ca lokantarikāsu nibbattasattāpi ca taṃ bhagavato pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā paramappītisomanassaṃ agamaṃsūti idaṃ vacanaṃ āharitvā attho daṭṭhabbo, itarathā na pubbena vā paraṃ, na parena vā pubbaṃ yujjati.
现在,为了显示不只在人间有光明,而是在一切三种世间——行世间、有情世间、空间世间——中,唯有光明,故说此偈颂:显示巴利原文
Idāni na kevalaṃ manussalokesuyeva āloko atthi, sabbattha tividhepi saṅkhārasattokāsasaṅkhāte loke ālokoyevāti dassanatthaṃ –
在含诸天、乾闼婆、人、罗刹的世间,
广大、殊胜、无量之光明生起;
于此世间、他方世间,此二者之中;
“向下、向上以及横向,都已周遍展开”——这是所说的偈颂。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhase, Ābhā uḷārā vipulā ajāyatha; Imasmiṃ loke parasmiñcobhayasmiṃ, Adho ca uddhaṃ tiriyañca vitthata’’nti. – ayaṃ gāthā vuttā;
这里的「天」(devā),指的是所有的天,包括假名天、再生天、清净天,这里是把一切天都含摄在内。天、乾闼婆、人以及罗刹,合起来称为「天乾闼婆人罗刹」。所谓「连同天乾闼婆人罗刹」(sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhaso),那个跟天、乾闼婆、人、罗刹在一起的到底是什么?就是世间。在那个包含天、乾闼婆、人、罗刹的世间中。「光明」(ābhā)就是光亮。「殊胜」(uḷārā):这个「殊胜」一词,在经典中可以见到甘甜、最上、广大等不同含义。例如,在「他们吃、嚼殊胜的嚼食和啖食」等经文中(《中部》1.366),「殊胜」是指甘甜;在「尊者婆蹉亚那以殊胜的称赞,称赞沙门乔达摩」等经文中(《中部》1.288),是指最上;在「超越了诸天的神力,出现了无量、殊胜的光明」等经文中(《长部》2.32;《中部》3.201),是指广大。而在这里,应把它理解为最上的意思(《长部注》3.142;《维山达拉本生注》1)。「广大」(vipulā)就是无量。「生起」(ajāyathā)就是产生、出现、转起。「在此世界与他方」(imasmiṃ loke parasmiñca),意思是在这个人界和除此之外的天界。「两者」(ubhayasmiṃ),就是指那两者,可以像理解「内与外」那样去把握它。「向下」(adho ca)是指在无间地狱等那些地狱当中。「向上」(uddhaṃ)是指从有顶往上,一直达到无依的虚空。「及横向」(tiriyañca)是指在周围的十千个轮围世界当中。「已展开」(vitthata)就是已经遍满。意思是:那光明破除了黑暗,遍覆前面所说的世间和区域之后,就那样现起了。或者可以把「及横向已展开」理解为,在横向上遍满的、极其广大无量的范围,光明遍照而安住在那里。显示巴利原文
Tattha devāti sammutidevā upapattidevā visuddhidevāti sabbepi devā idha saṅgahitā. Devā ca gandhabbā ca manussā ca rakkhasā ca devagandhabbamanussarakkhasā. Saha devagandhabbamanussarakkhasehīti sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhaso. Ko pana so? Loko, tasmiṃ sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhase loke. Ābhāti āloko. Uḷārāti etthāyaṃ uḷāra-saddo madhuraseṭṭhavipulādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa ‘‘uḷārāni khādanīyabhojanīyāni khādanti bhuñjantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.366) madhure dissati. ‘‘Uḷārāya kho pana bhavaṃ vacchāyano pasaṃsāya samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsatī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.288) seṭṭhe. ‘‘Atikkamma devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.32; ma. ni. 3.201) vipule. Svāyaṃ idha seṭṭhe daṭṭhabbo (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.142; vi. va. aṭṭha. 1). Vipulāti appamāṇā. Ajāyathāti uppajji udapādi pavattittha. Imasmiṃ loke parasmiñcāti imasmiṃ manussaloke ca parasmiṃ devaloke cāti attho. Ubhayasminti tadubhayasmiṃ, ajjhattabahiddhādīsu viya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Adho cāti avīciādīsu nirayesu. Uddhanti bhavaggatopi uddhaṃ ajaṭākāsepi. Tiriyañcāti tiriyatopi dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu. Vitthatanti visaṭaṃ. Andhakāraṃ vidhamitvā vuttappakāraṃ lokañca padesañca ajjhottharitvā ābhā pavattitthāti attho. Atha vā tiriyañca vitthatanti tiriyato vitthataṃ mahantaṃ, appamāṇaṃ padesaṃ ābhā pharitvā aṭṭhāsīti attho.
那时,世尊令光明遍满一万个轮围世界,随后进入作为神通基础的第四禅那,从禅那出定后,再作意并以决意之心升上虚空,犹如将脚上的尘土撒向他的亲族们头顶一般,在广大的人天大众中间,展现了双神变。而这双神变,正应依照圣典这样来理解。显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavā dasasahassacakkavāḷesu ālokapharaṇaṃ katvā abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya āvajjitvā adhiṭṭhānacittena ākāsamabbhuggantvā tesaṃ ñātīnaṃ sīsesu pādapaṃsuṃ okiramāno viya mahatiyā devamanussaparisāya majjhe yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dasseti. Taṃ pana pāḷito evaṃ veditabbaṃ (paṭi. ma. 1.116) –
什么是如来的双神变智呢?在此,如来示现声闻弟子所不共的双神变:从上半身涌出火聚,从下半身涌出水柱;从下半身涌出火聚,从上半身涌出水柱……乃至……从前半身涌出火聚,从后半身涌出水柱;从后半身涌出火聚,从前半身涌出水柱……乃至……从右眼涌出火聚,从左眼涌出水柱;从左眼涌出火聚,从右眼涌出水柱……乃至……从右耳孔涌出火聚,从左耳孔涌出水柱;从左耳孔涌出火聚,从右耳孔涌出水柱……乃至……从右鼻孔涌出火聚,从左鼻孔涌出水柱;从左鼻孔涌出火聚,从右鼻孔涌出水柱……乃至……从右肩涌出火聚,从左肩涌出水柱;从左肩涌出火聚,从右肩涌出水柱……乃至……从右手涌出火聚,从左手涌出水柱;从左手涌出火聚,从右手涌出水柱……乃至……从右胁涌出火聚,从左胁涌出水柱;从左胁涌出火聚,从右胁涌出水柱……乃至……从右脚涌出火聚,从左脚涌出水柱;从左脚涌出火聚,从右脚涌出水柱……乃至……从每一手指涌出火聚,从指缝间涌出水柱;从指缝间涌出火聚,从每一手指涌出水柱……乃至……从每一身毛涌出火聚,从每一身毛涌出水柱;从一一毛孔涌出……显示巴利原文
‘‘Katamaṃ tathāgatassa yamakapāṭihīre ñāṇaṃ? Idha tathāgato yamakapāṭihīraṃ karoti asādhāraṇaṃ sāvakehi uparimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, heṭṭhimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati. Heṭṭhimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, uparimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… puratthimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, pacchimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati. Pacchimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, puratthimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇaakkhito aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmaakkhito udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmaakkhito aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇaakkhito udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmakaṇṇasotato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmakaṇṇasotato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇanāsikāsotato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmanāsikāsotato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmanāsikāsotato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇanāsikāsotato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇaaṃsakūṭato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmaaṃsakūṭato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmaaṃsakūṭato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇaaṃsakūṭato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇahatthato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmahatthato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmahatthato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇahatthato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇapassato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmapassato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmapassato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇapassato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇapādato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmapādato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmapādato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇapādato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… aṅgulaṅgulehi aggikkhandho pavattati, aṅgulantarikāhi udakadhārā pavattati. Aṅgulantarikāhi aggikkhandho pavattati, aṅgulaṅgulehi udakadhārā pavattati…pe… ekekalomato aggikkhandho pavattati, ekekalomato udakadhārā pavattati. Lomakūpato lomakūpato aggikkhandho pavattati, lomakūpato lomakūpato udakadhārā pavattati – channaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ nīlānaṃ pītakānaṃ lohitakānaṃ odātānaṃ mañjiṭṭhānaṃ pabhassarānaṃ.
世尊经行时,化现者或站立、或端坐、或躺卧;世尊站立时,化现者或经行、或端坐、或躺卧;世尊端坐时,化现者或经行、或站立、或躺卧;世尊躺卧时,化现者或经行、或站立、或端坐。化现者经行时,世尊或站立、或端坐、或躺卧;化现者站立时,世尊或经行、或端坐、或躺卧;化现者端坐时,世尊或经行、或站立、或躺卧;化现者躺卧时,世尊或经行、或站立、或端坐。应知此即如来的双神变智。显示巴利原文
‘‘Bhagavā caṅkamati, nimmito tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Bhagavā tiṭṭhati, nimmito caṅkamati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Bhagavā nisīdati, nimmito caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Bhagavā seyyaṃ kappeti, nimmito caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā. Nimmito caṅkamati, bhagavā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Nimmito tiṭṭhati, bhagavā caṅkamati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Nimmito nisīdati, bhagavā caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Nimmito seyyaṃ kappeti, bhagavā caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā, idaṃ tathāgatassa yamakapāṭihīre ñāṇanti veditabbaṃ’’.
然而,彼世尊依火遍禅定之力,从上半身涌出火聚;依水遍禅定之力,从下半身涌出水柱。为了显示“水柱涌出之处涌出火聚,火聚涌出之处涌出水柱”,故说“从下半身涌出火聚,从上半身涌出水柱”,应如此了知。其余文句亦同此理。在此,火聚实不与水柱相混,水柱亦不与火聚相混。至于光芒,后一道光芒与前一道光芒成双显现,似于同一刹那生起。然而,两种心识实不能在同一刹那生起,只因诸佛之有分心极其轻快,且于五种方式已修习自在,故诸光芒看起来似在同一刹那生起。而彼光芒之作意、遍作、决意等心则是各各别异的。为了示现青色光芒,世尊进入青遍;为了示现黄色等光芒,则进入黄遍等。显示巴利原文
Tassa pana bhagavato tejokasiṇasamāpattivasena uparimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati. Āpokasiṇasamāpattivasena heṭṭhimakāyato udakadhārā pavattatīti puna udakadhārāya pavattaṭṭhānato aggikkhandho pavattati, aggikkhandhassa pavattaṭṭhānato udakadhārā pavattatīti dassetuṃ, ‘‘heṭṭhimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, uparimakāyato udakadhārā pavattatī’’ti vuttanti veditabbā. Eseva nayo sesapadesupi. Aggikkhandho panettha udakadhārāya asammissova ahosi. Tathā udakadhārā aggikkhandhena. Rasmīsu pana dutiyā dutiyā rasmi purimāya purimāya yamakā viya ekakkhaṇe pavattati. Dvinnañca cittānaṃ ekakkhaṇe pavatti nāma natthi, buddhānaṃ pana bhavaṅgaparivāsassa lahukatāya pañcahākārehi ciṇṇavasitāya etā rasmiyo ekakkhaṇe viya pavattanti, tassā pana rasmiyā āvajjanaparikammādhiṭṭhānāni visuṃyeva. Nīlarasmiatthāya hi bhagavā nīlakasiṇaṃ samāpajjati. Pītarasmiādīnaṃ atthāya pītakasiṇādīni samāpajjati.
当世尊如是示现双神变时,整个一万轮围世界仿佛都化作了庄严的严饰。故如是说:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavato yamakapāṭihīre kayiramāne sakalassāpi dasasahassacakkavāḷassa alaṅkārakaraṇakālo viya ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –
众生最上者,无与伦比的引导者,为天人所恭敬的导师;
具大威德、百福庄严者,展现了稀有而令人惊叹的神变。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sattuttamo anadhivaro vināyako, satthā ahū devamanussapūjito; Mahānubhāvo satapuññalakkhaṇo, dassesi accherakaṃ pāṭihīra’’nti.
其中,“众生中尊”(sattuttamo)是指:由自身戒等功德,于一切众生中最为上首、最为殊胜、最为崇高,故为众生中尊。或者,也可理解为“众生的最上者”。事实上,“众生”(satta)亦是“智慧”之名——正是以那具足十力、四无畏、六不共智等称为“智慧”的功德而为最胜、最上,故为众生中尊。或者依同格释来解,“众生”本身即是“最上”,故为众生中尊。若是如此,按语法而言,应当说为“最上众生”,但此处将形容词“最上”前置而释,并无过失。这应当视作如“人中最上”、“人雄”、“人胜”等词一般,因为这些用法并无固定规则,且多有此例。或者,亦可依多财释来解:即“最上的众生是属于他的”,此处“最上”一词同样是前置。纵使像“最上众生”那样,将定语前置而读,亦如“心牛”、“步牛”等词,无有过患。再者,从持业释的角度,也应如“置火者”等词的解读方式来理解。“调御者”(vināyako):指以种种调伏方便来引导、调伏众生者,故为调御者。“师长”(satthā):指根显示巴利原文
Tattha sattuttamoti attano sīlādīhi guṇehi sabbesu sattesu uttamo pavaro seṭṭhoti sattuttamo, sattānaṃ vā uttamo sattuttamo. Sattanti hi ñāṇassa nāmaṃ, tena dasabalacatuvesārajjachaasādhāraṇañāṇasaṅkhātena sattena seṭṭho uttamoti sattuttamo, samānādhikaraṇavasena satto uttamoti vā sattuttamo. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘uttamasatto’’ti vattabbaṃ uttama-saddassa pubbanipātapāṭhato. Na panesa bhedo aniyamato bahulavacanato ca naruttamapurisuttamanaravarādi-saddā viya daṭṭhabbo. Atha vā sattaṃ uttamaṃ yassa so sattuttamo, idhāpi ca uttama-saddassa pubbanipāto bhavati. Uttamasattoti visesanassa pubbanipātapāṭhato ‘‘cittagū paddhagū’’ti ettha viyāti nāyaṃ doso. Ubhayavisesanato vā āhitaggiādipāṭho viya daṭṭhabbo. Vināyakoti bahūhi vinayanūpāyehi satte vineti dametīti vināyako. Satthāti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikatthehi yathārahaṃ satte anusāsatīti satthā. Ahūti ahosi. Devamanussapūjitoti dibbehi pañcakāmaguṇehi dibbanti kīḷantīti devā. Manassa ussannattā manussā, devā ca manussā ca devamanussā, devamanussehi pūjito devamanussapūjito. Pupphādipūjāya ca paccayapūjāya ca pūjito, apacitoti attho. Kasmā pana devamanussānameva gahaṇaṃ kataṃ, nanu bhagavā tiracchānagatehipi āravāḷakāḷāpalāladhanapālapālileyyakanāgādīhi sātāgirāḷavakahemavatasūcilomakharalomayakkhādīhi vinipātagatehipi pūjitoyevāti? Saccamevetaṃ, ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasena sabbapuggalaparicchedavasena cetaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Mahānubhāvoti mahatā buddhānubhāvena samannāgato. Satapuññalakkhaṇoti anantesu cakkavāḷesu sabbe sattā ekekaṃ puññakammaṃ satakkhattuṃ kareyyuṃ ettakehi janehi katakammaṃ bodhisatto sayameva ekako sataguṇaṃ katvā nibbatto. Tasmā ‘‘satapuññalakkhaṇo’’ti vuccati. Keci pana ‘‘satena satena puññakammena nibbattaekekalakkhaṇo’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Evaṃ sante yo koci buddho bhaveyyā’’ti taṃ aṭṭhakathāsu paṭikkhittaṃ. Dassesīti sabbesaṃ devamanussānaṃ ativimhayakaraṃ yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassesi.
那时,导师在空中示现神变后,观察着大众的心念,意欲以经行的方式,宣说随顺他们意乐的法语。于是,他在空中化现出一处遍布一万个轮围世界、全由诸宝所成的宝石经行处。因此,这么说:显示巴利原文
Atha satthā ākāse pāṭihāriyaṃ katvā mahājanassa cittācāraṃ oloketvā tassa ajjhāsayānukūlaṃ dhammakathaṃ caṅkamanto kathetukāmo ākāse dasasahassacakkavāḷavitthataṃ sabbaratanamayaṃ ratanacaṅkamaṃ māpesi. Tena vuttaṃ –
当时,具眼者受天中胜者劝请,观察义利之后,人中最上者——
世间导师铺设了经行处,它以众宝所成,精妙殊胜。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘So yācito devavarena cakkhumā, atthaṃ samekkhitvā tadā naruttamo; Caṅkamaṃ māpayi lokanāyako, suniṭṭhitaṃ sabbaratananimmita’’nti.
在此,“他”(so)指世尊。“被劝请”(yācito):意为于第八个七日的最初,为说法而受劝请。“由最优胜的天神”(devavarena):指被娑婆主梵天劝请。“有眼者”(cakkhumā):此处“眼”(cakkhu)指能见、能辨别端正与不端正者。此眼有两种:智眼与肉眼。智眼又分五种:佛眼、法眼、遍眼、天眼、慧眼。其中,佛眼是指了知众生根性、随眠烦恼以及根器利钝的智慧,即经中所说“以佛眼观察世间”。法眼是指证得下三道与三果,即经中所说“远离尘垢、生起无瑕的法眼”。遍眼即一切知智,即经中所说“善慧!汝登彼如法所成之高楼,成为遍眼者”。天眼乃由光明增广而在神通心中生起、与心相应的智慧,即经中所说“以清净、超越凡人的天眼”。慧眼,即于“眼生、智生”等经文中所述的宿住随念等智慧,是为慧眼。显示巴利原文
Tattha soti so satthā. Yācitoti paṭhamameva aṭṭhame sattāhe dhammadesanāya yācitoti attho. Devavarenāti sahampatibrahmunā. Cakkhumāti ettha cakkhatīti cakkhu, samavisamaṃ vibhāvayatīti attho. Taṃ pana cakkhu duvidhaṃ – ñāṇacakkhu, maṃsacakkhūti. Tattha ñāṇacakkhu pañcavidhaṃ – buddhacakkhu, dhammacakkhu, samantacakkhu, dibbacakkhu, paññācakkhūti. Tesu buddhacakkhu nāma āsayānusayañāṇañceva indriyaparopariyattañāṇañca, yaṃ ‘‘buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento’’ti (dī. ni. 2.69; ma. ni. 1.283; 2.339; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 9) āgataṃ. Dhammacakkhu nāma heṭṭhimā tayo maggā tīṇi ca phalāni, yaṃ ‘‘virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.355; saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 16; paṭi. ma. 2.30) āgataṃ. Samantacakkhu nāma sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ , yaṃ ‘‘tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ, sumedha, pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhū’’ti (dī. ni. 2.70; ma. ni. 1.282; 2.338; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 8) āgataṃ. Dibbacakkhu nāma ālokavaḍḍhanena uppannābhiññācittena sampayuttañāṇaṃ, yaṃ ‘‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhenā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.148, 284, 385, 432; 2.341; 3.82, 261; mahāva. 10) āgataṃ. Paññācakkhu nāma ‘‘cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.1082; mahāva. 15; kathā. 405; paṭi. ma. 2.30) ettha pubbenivāsādiñāṇaṃ paññācakkhūti āgataṃ.
“肉眼”指“缘眼与色”等经文中所说的净色肉眼。此肉眼复有两种:有依处眼与净色眼。其中,由眼球等围绕而成的眼窝中的肉团,含有大种、色、香、味、食素、命根、眼净色、身净色等,简略而言有十三种成分;详言之,由四种生因所生的三十六种色法,再加命根、身净色、眼净色这四种业生色,即构成“有依处眼”。而在由白轮圈所围、黑轮圈所绕的视野范围内,安立着能见色的纯粹净色,即称为“净色眼”。所有这些眼,若从一种分类来看,皆是无常、有为;从两种分类,则有有漏与无漏、世间与出世间;从三种分类,可依地、执取与非执取等三类区别;从四种分类,可依纯小、无量、不定所缘区别;从五种分类,可依色、涅槃、无色、一切所缘、无所缘区别;从六种分类,可依佛眼等区别。如是,这些眼具有如上所述的种种类别。世尊因具备这些眼,故称为“有眼者”。“已观见义利”显示巴利原文
Maṃsacakkhu nāma ‘‘cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe cā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.204, 400; 3.421, 425-426; saṃ. ni. 2.43; 4.60; kathā. 465, 467) ettha pasādamaṃsacakkhu vuttaṃ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.213). Taṃ pana duvidhaṃ – sasambhāracakkhu pasādacakkhūti. Tesu yvāyaṃ akkhikūpake akkhipattakehi parivārito maṃsapiṇḍo yattha catasso dhātuyo vaṇṇagandharasojā sambhavo jīvitaṃ bhāvo cakkhupasādo kāyapasādoti saṅkhepato terasa sambhārā honti. Vitthārato pana sambhavamānāni catusamuṭṭhānāni chattiṃsa jīvitaṃ bhāvo cakkhupasādo kāyapasādoti ime kammasamuṭṭhānā cattāro cāti sasambhārā honti, idaṃ sasambhāracakkhu nāma. Yaṃ pana setamaṇḍalaparicchinnena kaṇhamaṇḍalena parivārite diṭṭhamaṇḍale sanniviṭṭhaṃ rūpadassanasamatthaṃ pasādamattaṃ, idaṃ pasādacakkhu nāma. Sabbāni panetāni ekavidhāni aniccato saṅkhatato, duvidhāni sāsavānāsavato lokiyalokuttarato, tividhāni bhūmito upādiṇṇattikato, catubbidhāni ekantaparittaappamāṇāniyatārammaṇato, pañcavidhāni rūpanibbānārūpasabbārammaṇānārammaṇavasena, chabbidhāni honti buddhacakkhādivasena. Iccevametāni vuttappakārāni cakkhūni assa bhagavato santīti bhagavā cakkhumāti vuccati. Atthaṃ samekkhitvāti caṅkamaṃ māpetvā, dhammadesanānimittaṃ devamanussānaṃ hitatthaṃ upaparikkhitvā upadhāretvāti adhippāyo. Māpayīti māpesi. Lokanāyakoti saggamokkhābhimukhaṃ lokaṃ nayatīti lokanāyako. Suniṭṭhitanti suṭṭhu niṭṭhitaṃ, pariyositanti attho. Sabbaratananimmitanti dasavidharatanamayaṃ.
今为显示世尊成就三种神变的情形——显示巴利原文
Idāni bhagavato tividhapāṭihāriyasampattidassanatthaṃ –
神变、示导与教诫——于此三种示导,世尊已得自在;世间导师铺设了经行处,它完美精致,为一切宝物所成。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Iddhī ca ādesanānusāsanī, tipāṭihīre bhagavā vasī ahu; Caṅkamaṃ māpayi lokanāyako, suniṭṭhitaṃ sabbaratananimmita’’nti. – vuttaṃ;
此处,「神变」即种种神变,称为神变神通。彼乃由一身化为多身、由多身合为一身等方式展开。「示导」即了知他人心念后而作言说,称为示导神通,此亦为弟子与佛陀之恒常说法。「教诫」即教诫神通,意为随顺每个心中的意愿而开示教导。如是即为三种神通。于此三种之中,大目犍连尊者常以神变配合教诫神通;法将军舍利弗尊者常以示导配合教诫神通;而教诫神通则是诸佛恒常的说法方式。「于三种神通中」,即指在这三种神通之中。「世尊」一词,是对功德圆满、最尊最上者的尊称与崇称。对此,古德曾说:显示巴利原文
Tattha iddhīti iddhividhaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ nāma. Taṃ pana ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hotītiādinayappavattaṃ (dī. ni. 1.239; ma. ni. 1.147; paṭi. ma. 3.10). Ādesanāti parassa cittācāraṃ ñatvā kathanaṃ ādesanāpāṭihāriyaṃ, taṃ sāvakānañca buddhānañca satatadhammadesanā. Anusāsanīti anusāsanipāṭihāriyaṃ, tassa tassa ajjhāsayānukūlamovādoti attho. Iti etāni tīṇi pāṭihāriyāni. Tattha iddhipāṭihāriyena anusāsanipāṭihāriyaṃ mahāmoggallānassa āciṇṇaṃ, ādesanāpāṭihāriyena anusāsanipāṭihāriyaṃ dhammasenāpatissa, anusāsanipāṭihāriyaṃ pana buddhānaṃ satatadhammadesanā. Tipāṭihīreti etesu tīsu pāṭihāriyesūti attho. Bhagavāti idaṃ guṇavisiṭṭhasattuttamagarugāravādhivacanaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ porāṇehi –
「世尊」一词最胜,「世尊」一词最上;彼与尊重崇敬相应,是故被称为世尊。
(《清净道论》1.142;《中部注》1.根本法门经注释;《波罗夷注》1.1 毘兰阇品注释;《如是语注》序分注释;《大义注》50)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhagavāti vacanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ, bhagavāti vacanamuttamaṃ; Garugāravayutto so, bhagavā tena vuccatī’’ti. (visuddhi. 1.142; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.mūlapariyāyasuttavaṇṇanā; pārā. aṭṭha. 1.1 verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā; itivu. aṭṭha. nidānavaṇṇanā; mahāni. aṭṭha. 50);
“自在者”(vasī):指于这三种神变均已达到自在,已熟习于自在。有五种自在,即:转向自在、入定自在、决意自在、出定自在、省察自在。其中,对于任何禅那,能随意、随心所欲、随时转向,转向时毫无迟钝,能迅速转向的能力,便称为“转向自在”。同样,对于任何禅那,能随意……(中略)……入定,入定时毫无迟钝,能迅速入定的能力,便称为“入定自在”。能长久安住的能力,称为“决意自在”。同样,能迅速出定的能力,称为“出定自在”。而“省察自在”,即是省察速行心,它们紧接在转向心之后生起,因此已被转向自在所涵盖。如此于五种自在皆达纯熟者,便名为“自在者”。因此说:“于三种神变中,世尊是自在者。”显示巴利原文
Vasīti etasmiṃ tividhepi pāṭihāriye vasippatto, ciṇṇavasīti attho. Vasiyo nāma pañca vasiyo – āvajjanasamāpajjanaadhiṭṭhānavuṭṭhānapaccavekkhaṇasaṅkhātā. Tatra yaṃ yaṃ jhānaṃ yathicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ yāvaticchakaṃ āvajjati āvajjanāya dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti sīghaṃ āvajjetuṃ samatthatā āvajjanavasī nāma. Tathā yaṃ yaṃ jhānaṃ yathicchakaṃ…pe… samāpajjati samāpajjanāya dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti sīghaṃ samāpajjanasamatthatā samāpajjanavasī nāma. Dīghaṃ kālaṃ ṭhapetuṃ samatthatā adhiṭṭhānavasī nāma. Tatheva lahuṃ vuṭṭhātuṃ samatthatā vuṭṭhānavasī nāma. Paccavekkhaṇavasī pana paccavekkhaṇajavanāneva honti tāni āvajjanānantarāneva hutvā uppajjantīti āvajjanavasiyā eva vuttāni. Iti imāsu pañcasu vasīsu ciṇṇavasitā vasī nāma hoti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘tipāṭihīre bhagavā vasī ahū’’ti.
现在,为了说明他所化现的宝经行是依怎样的方式化现出来的——显示巴利原文
Idāni tassa ratanacaṅkamassa nimmitavidhānassa dassanatthaṃ –
于十千世界界中,在须弥山——最胜之山,如同柱子般,次第展示于宝所成的经行处上。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dasasahassīlokadhātuyā, sinerupabbatuttame; Thambheva dassesi paṭipāṭiyā, caṅkame ratanāmaye’’ti. – ādigāthāyo vuttā;
其中,「十千世界界」即一万个轮围世界。「须弥山最胜山」指那座名为大须弥的最胜之山。「如柱」意为如同柱子一般——世尊将一万轮围世界中的所有须弥山,依次排列,化作黄金柱一般,再于其上化现经行处而展示之,此即其义。「宝所成」即由宝物所成。显示巴利原文
Tattha dasasahassīlokadhātuyāti dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu. Sinerupabbatuttameti mahāmerusaṅkhāte seṭṭhapabbate. Thambhevāti thambhe viya dasacakkavāḷasahassesu ye sinerupabbatā, te paṭipāṭiyā ṭhite suvaṇṇathambhe viya katvā tesaṃ upari caṅkamaṃ māpetvā dassesīti attho. Ratanāmayeti ratanamaye.
13 “超越十千”:世尊化现宝经行处时,令其一端超出东方轮围山的边际,另一端超出西方轮围山的边际,如是建立经行。以此而有偈颂说:显示巴利原文
13.Dasasahassī atikkammāti ratanacaṅkamaṃ pana bhagavā māpento tassa ekaṃ koṭiṃ sabbapariyantaṃ pācīnacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiṃ ekaṃ koṭiṃ pacchimacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiṃ atikkamitvā ṭhitaṃ katvā māpesi. Tena vuttaṃ –
“超越十千,胜者化现经行处;”
两侧纯金所成,经行处众宝所成。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dasasahassī atikkamma, caṅkamaṃ māpayī jino; Sabbasoṇṇamayā passe, caṅkame ratanāmaye’’ti.
其中,「胜者」(jino):因战胜烦恼之敌,故称胜者。「两边纯金所成」(sabbasoṇṇamayā passe):是说在如此化现的经行处两侧,有纯金所成、极为悦意的边界地,中间则为宝所成——此即其义。显示巴利原文
Tattha jinoti kilesārijayanato jino. Sabbasoṇṇamayā passeti tassa pana evaṃ nimmitassa caṅkamassa ubhayapassesu suvaṇṇamayā paramaramaṇīyā mariyādabhūmi ahosi, majjhe maṇimayāti adhippāyo.
14 「横梁组」(tulāsaṅghāṭa):即成对的横梁,当知它们由诸宝制成。「随宜」(anuvagga):意思是合适的。「铺以金板」(sovaṇṇaphalakatthatā):即用金板铺设,意为横梁组之上有金制覆层。「栏杆全金」(vedikā sabbasovaṇṇā):指所有栏杆皆为金制,唯独围绕经行处的那一道栏杆,不含其余宝类——此即其义。「两边化现」(dubhato passesu nimmitā):即在两边化现。其中字母「d」是连接词。显示巴利原文
14.Tulāsaṅghāṭāti tulāyugaḷā, tā nānāratanamayāti veditabbā. Anuvaggāti anurūpā. Sovaṇṇaphalakatthatāti sovaṇṇamayehi phalakehi atthatā, tulāsaṅghātānaṃ upari suvaṇṇamayo padaracchadoti attho. Vedikā sabbasovaṇṇāti vedikā pana sabbāpi suvaṇṇamayā, yā panesā caṅkamanaparikkhepavedikā, sā ekāva aññehi ratanehi asammissāti attho. Dubhato passesu nimmitāti ubhosu passesu nimmitā. Da-kāro padasandhikaro.
15 「散布着珠、宝、砂」(maṇimuttāvālukākiṇṇā):即散布着由摩尼珠与珍珠所成的沙。或者,摩尼珠、珍珠与沙合起来,称为摩尼珠珍珠沙。由于以这些摩尼珠珍珠沙散布、铺满,故称散布着珠、宝、砂。 「化现」(nimmito):即以此方式被化现、被造作而成。「宝所成」(ratanamayo):即全由宝所成,指经行处。「照亮一切方」(obhāseti disā sabbā):意为照亮所有十方。「如千光」(sataraṃsīva):犹如具有千道光芒的太阳。「升起」(uggato):即已升起。如同已升起的千光太阳遍照诸方,此纯宝所成经行处亦复如是遍照十方——这便是它的意思。显示巴利原文
15.Maṇimuttāvālukākiṇṇāti maṇimuttāmayavālukākiṇṇā. Atha vā maṇayo ca muttā ca vālukā ca maṇimuttāvālukā. Tāhi maṇimuttāvālukāhi ākiṇṇā santhatāti maṇimuttāvālukākiṇṇā. Nimmitoti iminākārena nimmito kato. Ratanāmayoti sabbaratanamayo, caṅkamoti attho. Obhāseti disā sabbāti sabbāpi dasa disā obhāseti pakāseti. Sataraṃsīvāti sahassaraṃsiādicco viya. Uggatoti udito. Yathā pana abbhuggato sahassaraṃsi sabbāpi dasa disā obhāseti, evameva esopi sabbaratanamayo caṅkamo obhāsetīti attho.
现在,为了说明世尊在已建成的经行处中的活动情境,即说此偈:
显示巴利原文 Idāni pana niṭṭhite caṅkame tattha bhagavato pavattidassanatthaṃ –
在那经行处,具足三十二最上妙相的坚毅者,
正自觉者、胜者,光芒闪耀,于经行处经行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tasmiṃ caṅkamane dhīro, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇo; Virocamāno sambuddho, caṅkame caṅkamī jino.
天界的曼陀罗花、莲花与巴利恰答咖花,
一切天神皆共聚集,于经行处散洒这些花。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dibbaṃ mandāravaṃ pupphaṃ, padumaṃ pārichattakaṃ; Caṅkamane okiranti, sabbe devā samāgatā.
十千世界喜乐的天众皆见到他,
他们满怀喜悦与满足,俯身礼敬。」——诵出如是偈颂。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Passanti taṃ devasaṅghā, dasasahassī pamoditā; Namassamānā nipatanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā’’ti. – gāthāyo vuttā;
在此,“坚毅者”(dhīro)指具足坚定意志的人。“三十二种最胜相”的意思是:具足诸如脚掌安稳平整等三十二大人相。“天界的”指在天界产生、存在于天界的。“波利质多罗花”是指:源于忉利天神的黑檀树,在它周围一百由旬的范围内,有一棵极为美丽的波利质多罗树。当这棵树开花时,整个天城都弥漫着同一种芬芳;花粉四处飘散,使得崭新的金色天宫都映上了一层淡金黄。这棵树的花也就被称为“波利质多罗花”。“在经行处抛撒”是指:在那个宝经行处撒下这些花,也就是用刚才所说的那种花供养正在该经行处经行的世尊。“众天神”指欲界天等所有天神。因此接下来才说“天众们见到他”。显示巴利原文
Tattha dhīroti dhitiyutto. Dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇoti suppatiṭṭhitapādatalādīhi dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇehi samannāgatoti attho. Dibbanti devaloke bhavaṃ jātaṃ dibbaṃ. Pārichattakanti devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ koviḷārarukkhassa nissandena samantā yojanasataparimāṇo paramadassanīyo pāricchattakarukkho nibbatti. Yasmiṃ pupphite sakalaṃ devanagaraṃ ekasurabhigandhavāsitaṃ hoti, tassa kusumareṇuokiṇṇāni navakanakavimānāni piñjarāni hutvā khāyanti. Imassa pana pāricchattakarukkhassa pupphañca pāricchattakanti vuttaṃ. Caṅkame okirantīti tasmiṃ ratanacaṅkame avakiranti, tena vuttappakārena pupphena tasmiṃ caṅkame caṅkamamānaṃ bhagavantaṃ pūjentīti attho. Sabbe devāti kāmāvacaradevādayo devā. Tenāha ‘‘passanti taṃ devasaṅghā’’ti. Taṃ bhagavantaṃ ratanacaṅkamane caṅkamantaṃ sakesu ālayesupi passantīti attho. Dasasahassīti bhummatthe paccattavacanaṃ, dasasahassiyaṃ devasaṅghā taṃ passantīti attho. Pamoditāti pamuditā. Nipatantīti sannipatanti. Tuṭṭhahaṭṭhāti pītivasena tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā. Pamoditāti idāni vattabbehi tāvatiṃsādidevehi saddhinti sambandho daṭṭhabbo, itarathā punaruttidosato na muccati. Atha vā pamoditā taṃ bhagavantaṃ passanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā tahiṃ tahiṃ sannipatantīti attho.
现在,为如实显示哪些天神看见、哪些天神聚集,即说:显示巴利原文
Idāni ye passiṃsu ye sannipatiṃsu, te sarūpato dassetuṃ –
忉利天、夜摩天与兜率天的诸天神,
化乐天及他化自在天的诸天神,
他们心意昂扬,满心欢喜,注视着世间导师。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tāvatiṃsā ca yāmā ca, tusitā cāpi devatā; Nimmānaratino devā, ye devā vasavattino; Udaggacittā sumanā, passanti lokanāyakaṃ.
天神、乾闼婆、人、罗刹,以及龙、金翅鸟,还有紧那罗众,
他们注视着那位悲悯世间、利益众生的导师,宛如高悬空中的满月。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhasā , nāgā supaṇṇā atha vāpi kinnarā; Passanti taṃ lokahitānukampakaṃ, nabheva accuggatacandamaṇḍalaṃ.
光音天、遍净天、广果天和色究竟天的诸天神;
他们身着极洁净的白衣,合掌而立。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ābhassarā subhakiṇhā, vehapphalā akaniṭṭhā ca devatā; Susuddhasukkavatthavasanā, tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā.
他们撒下五色花,与混和栴檀粉末的曼陀罗花;
那时,他们在空中挥舞衣物,高呼:“啊,胜利者!利益世间者、悲悯世间者!”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Muñcanti pupphaṃ pana pañcavaṇṇikaṃ, mandāravaṃ candanacuṇṇamissitaṃ; Bhamenti celāni ca ambare tadā, aho jino lokahitānukampako’’ti. –
以上是所说之偈颂。显示巴利原文
Imā gāthāyo vuttā.
其中,“心意昂扬”(udaggacittā):因喜悦与满足而心意昂扬。“喜悦”(Sumanā):正因为心意昂扬,故称喜悦。“世间利益与怜悯者”(lokahitānukampaka):即既是世间利益者,亦是世间怜悯者;或者,以世间利益而成为怜悯者,故称“世间利益与怜悯者”。“如同悬在空中的圆月”(nabheva accuggatacandamaṇḍala):即在秋季,天空中那初升、圆满、解脱一切灾患的月轮;他们瞻仰以佛陀荣光闪耀、令人眼目愉悦的导师,犹如瞻仰那轮圆月。显示巴利原文
Tattha udaggacittāti pītisomanassavasena udaggacittā. Sumanāti udaggacittattā eva sumanā. Lokahitānukampakanti lokahitañca lokānukampakañca. Lokahitena vā anukampakaṃ lokahitānukampakaṃ. Nabheva accuggatacandamaṇḍalanti ettha ākāse abhinavoditaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ sabbopaddavavinimuttaṃ saradasamaye candamaṇḍalaṃ viya buddhasiriyā virocamānaṃ nayanānandakaraṃ passantīti attho.
所谓“光音天”,是从最胜界限的角度来说的。应知这已包括了少光天、无量光天和光音天,即依少、中、殊胜的差别,由第二禅那所生的一切天。所谓“遍净天”,同样也是从最胜界限说的;因此,这已包括了少净天、无量净天和遍净天,即依少等差别,由第三禅那所生的一切天。所谓“广果天”,意为果报广大,故称广果天。他们是第四禅那所生的,与无想有情同住一处。而下方所示的,则是初禅那所生的梵身天等,故此处未予显示。由于无眼无耳,无想有情与无色界众生在此也未予列出。所谓“色究竟天”,这里同样是从最胜界限说的。因此,应知无烦天、无热天、善现天、善见天及色究竟天,这五种净居天皆已包括在内。所谓“着极净白衣者”:极其清净为“极净”,白色为“白”;穿着并披覆这种极净又洁白的衣服,这些人便被称为“着极净白衣者”,意即穿着清净洁白衣服的人。显示巴利原文
Ābhassarāti ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasena vuttaṃ. Parittābhaappamāṇābhaābhassarāparittamajjhimapaṇītabhedena dutiyajjhānenābhinibbattā sabbeva gahitāti veditabbā. Subhakiṇhāti idaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavaseneva vuttaṃ, tasmā parittasubhaappamāṇasubhasubhakiṇhāparittādibhedena tatiyajjhānena nibbattā sabbeva gahitāti veditabbā. Vehapphalāti vipulā phalāti vehapphalā. Te catutthajjhānanibbattā asaññasattehi ekatalavāsino. Heṭṭhā pana paṭhamajjhānanibbattā brahmakāyikādayo dassitā. Tasmā idha na dassitā. Cakkhusotānamabhāvato asaññasattā ca arūpino ca idha na uddiṭṭhā. Akaniṭṭhā ca devatāti idhāpi ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavaseneva vuttaṃ. Tasmā avihātappasudassāsudassiakaniṭṭhasaṅkhātā pañcapi suddhāvāsā gahitāti veditabbā. Susuddhasukkavatthavasanāti suṭṭhu suddhāni susuddhāni sukkāni odātāni. Susuddhāni sukkāni vatthāni nivatthāni ceva pārutāni ca yehi te susuddhasukkavatthavasanā, paridahitaparisuddhapaṇḍaravatthāti attho. ‘‘Susuddhasukkavasanā’’tipi pāṭho. Pañjalīkatāti katapañjalikā kamalamakulasadisaṃ añjaliṃ sirasi katvā tiṭṭhanti.
“散”即抛撒。“花”即是花朵。也有读作“诸花”的,这应视为语序倒置,但含义相同。“五色”,指五种颜色,即依蓝、黄、红、白、深红这五种颜色,故称五色。“杂栴檀末”,指掺杂了栴檀粉末。“转衣”,是指挥舞衣服。“啊,胜者,世间之利乐与怜悯者”,这是表达如“啊,胜利者!啊,世间利益的造福者!啊,世间利益的怜悯者!”等赞叹之语。总体的关联是:他们一边抛撒花朵,一边挥舞着衣服。显示巴利原文
Muñcantīti okiranti. Pupphaṃ panāti kusumaṃ pana. ‘‘Pupphāni vā’’tipi pāṭho, vacanavipariyāso daṭṭhabbo, attho panassa soyeva. Pañcavaṇṇikanti pañcavaṇṇaṃ – nīlapītalohitodātamañjiṭṭhakavaṇṇavasena pañcavaṇṇaṃ. Candanacuṇṇamissitanti candanacuṇṇena missitaṃ. Bhamenti celānīti bhamayanti vatthāni. Aho jino lokahitānukampakoti ‘‘aho jino lokahito aho ca lokahitānukampako aho kāruṇiko’’ti evamādīni thutivacanāni uggirantā. Muñcanti pupphaṃ bhamayanti celānīti sambandho.
现在,为了显示他们所运用的赞颂之语,故说这些偈颂:显示巴利原文
Idāni tehi payuttāni thutivacanāni dassetuṃ imā gāthāyo vuttā –
您是众生的导师、幢、幢幡、祭祀柱,
是归趣、是依止、是明灯,两足者中最尊贵者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tuvaṃ satthā ca ketū ca, dhajo yūpo ca pāṇinaṃ; Parāyano patiṭṭhā ca, dīpo ca dvipaduttamo.
在一万世间界中,具大神力的诸天,
诸天围绕礼敬,欢喜踊跃,满心欢喜。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dasasahassīlokadhātuyā, devatāyo mahiddhikā; Parivāretvā namassanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā.
天神与天女们,心怀净信与满足;
以五色花供养人中之雄。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Devatā devakaññā ca, pasannā tuṭṭhamānasā; Pañcavaṇṇikapupphehi, pūjayanti narāsabhaṃ.
天众见到您,内心净信,欢喜满足;
他们以五色花供养人中最上者(世尊)。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Passanti taṃ devasaṅghā, pasannā tuṭṭhamānasā; Pañcavaṇṇikapupphehi, pūjayanti narāsabhaṃ.
‘‘Aho acchariyaṃ loke, abbhutaṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ; Na medisaṃ bhūtapubbaṃ, accheraṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ.
诸天神各自安坐于己之宫殿;
她们见到空中的奇观,放声大笑。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sakasakamhi bhavane, nisīditvāna devatā; Hasanti tā mahāhasitaṃ, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe.
那些住于虚空、住于大地,以及住在草丛与道路中的众生;
他们合掌致敬,欣喜踊跃,充满欢喜。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā, tiṇapanthanivāsino; Katañjalī namassanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā.
那些长寿、具福德、有大神力的龙,
他们满怀欢喜,礼敬、供养人中最上者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yepi dīghāyukā nāgā, puññavanto mahiddhiko; Pamoditā namassanti, pūjayanti naruttamaṃ.
于虚空、风路之中,响起了赞颂之声;
见到空中这未曾有的景象,便奏响了皮鼓。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saṅgītiyo pavattenti, ambare anilañjase; Cammanaddhāni vādenti, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe.
螺号、小鼓,以及众多大鼓,
在空中一齐鸣响,当他们看见天空中那未曾有的景象。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saṅkhā ca paṇavā ceva, athopi ḍiṇḍimā bahū; Antalikkhasmiṃ vajjanti, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe.
‘‘Abbhuto vata no ajja, uppajji lomahaṃsano; Dhuvamatthasiddhiṃ labhāma, khaṇo no paṭipādito.
听见他们说“佛陀”,喜悦便即刻生起;
他们口中称念“佛陀,佛陀”,合掌而立。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Buddhoti tesaṃ sutvāna, pīti uppajji tāvade; Buddho buddhoti kathayantā, tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā.
‘咴’声、善哉声,欢呼与雀跃;
种种众生,合掌立于虚空之中。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Hiṅkārā sādhukārā ca, ukkuṭṭhi sampahaṃsanaṃ; Pajā ca vividhā gagane, vattanti pañjalīkatā.
他们歌唱、嬉戏、弹奏乐器,拍打着手臂,翩翩起舞;
他们撒下五色的曼陀罗花,混合着栴檀粉末。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Gāyanti seḷenti ca vādayanti ca, bhujāni pothenti ca naccayanti ca; Muñcanti pupphaṃ pana pañcavaṇṇikaṃ, mandāravaṃ candanacuṇṇamissitaṃ.
大雄啊,如同您足有千辐轮相,
您的足上,幢、金刚、幡幢、卍字与钩相庄严映现。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā tuyhaṃ mahāvīra, pādesu cakkalakkhaṇaṃ; Dhajavajirapaṭākā, vaḍḍhamānaṅkusācita’’nti.
其中,“导师”:为利益此世与他世而教导,故称导师。“幢”:应被恭敬,犹如幢,故称幢。“幢幡”:因高举与可观见,如同因陀罗之幢,您犹如幢幡,故称幢幡。或者,如世间人见到某人的幢幡,便知“这是某人的幢幡”,持幢幡者即被称为执幢幡者;同样,为了智慧与涅槃的证得,人们见世尊便知涅槃的证得,因此说“幢幡即是祭祀柱”。如同《究罗檀头经》所说,以布施为始、以漏尽智为终的一切祭祀,为举行那些祭祀而竖立的祭祀柱即是您,这是它的含义。“归趣”:即皈依处。“依止”:如同大地作为一切众生的依凭而成为依止,您也同样成为依止。“明灯”:即是灯明。如在四重黑暗中,为众生擎起的灯能显示色相;同样,在无明黑暗中,为众生显示究竟义的灯即是您,这是它的含义。或者,如在大海中,舟船毁坏的众生以海岛为依凭,同样,在生死大海中,那些无所依凭而沉没的众生,您犹如岛屿,故称岛屿。显示巴利原文
Tattha idhalokaparalokahitatthaṃ sāsatīti satthā. Ketūti ketuno apacitikātabbaṭṭhena ketu viyāti ketu. Dhajoti indadhajo samussayaṭṭhena dassanīyaṭṭhena ca tuvaṃ dhajo viyāti dhajoti. Atha vā yathā hi loke yassa kassaci dhajaṃ disvāva – ‘‘ayaṃ dhajo itthannāmassā’’ti dhajavā dhajīti paññāyati, evameva bhagavā paññānibbānādhigamāya bhagavantaṃ disvāva nibbānādhigamo paññāyati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘dhajo yūpo cā’’ti. Kūṭadantasutte vuttānaṃ dānādiāsavakkhayañāṇapariyosānānaṃ sabbayāgānaṃ yajanatthāya samussito yūpo tuvanti attho. Parāyanoti paṭisaraṇaṃ. Patiṭṭhāti yathā mahāpathavī sabbapāṇīnaṃ ādhārabhāvena patiṭṭhā nissayabhūtā, evaṃ tuvampi patiṭṭhābhūtā. Dīpo cāti padīpo. Yathā caturaṅge tamasi vattamānānaṃ sattānaṃ āropito padīpo rūpasandassano hoti. Evaṃ avijjandhakāre vattamānānaṃ sattānaṃ paramatthasandassano padīpo tuvanti attho. Atha vā mahāsamudde bhinnanāvānaṃ sattānaṃ samuddadīpo yathā patiṭṭhā hoti, evaṃ tuvampi saṃsārasāgare alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhe osīdantānaṃ pāṇīnaṃ dīpo viyāti dīpoti attho.
“两足最胜者”:于两足中最为殊胜,故称两足最胜者。此处因无简别之义,故不禁止第六格复合;唯有简别之义的第六格才禁止复合。然而,正自觉者实于无足、两足、四足、多足、有色、无色、有想、无想、非想非非想一切众生中,皆是最胜。此处为何说“两足最胜”?因于两足中,他更是最尊贵、最殊胜。于此世间,被称为最胜者降生时,不会生于无足、四足、多足之中,只会生于两足之中。何种两足?人类与天神。若生于人中,则成为统御三千大千世界的佛陀;若生于天中,则成为统御十千世界的大梵天。而大梵天亦不过是佛陀的净人或侍者。因此,从更是最尊贵、最殊胜的意义上,称“两足最胜”。显示巴利原文
Dvipaduttamoti dvipadānaṃ uttamo dvipaduttamo, ettha pana niddhāraṇalakkhaṇassa abhāvato chaṭṭhīsamāsassa paṭisedho natthi, niddhāraṇalakkhaṇāya chaṭṭhiyā samāso paṭisiddho. Sammāsambuddho pana apadānaṃ dvipadānaṃ catuppadānaṃ bahuppadānaṃ rūpīnaṃ arūpīnaṃ saññīnaṃ asaññīnaṃ nevasaññīnāsaññīnaṃ uttamova. Kasmā panidha ‘‘dvipaduttamo’’ti vuttoti ce? Seṭṭhataravasena. Imasmiñhi loke seṭṭho nāma uppajjamāno apadacatuppadabahuppadesupi nuppajjati. Ayaṃ dvipadesuyeva uppajjati. Kataradvipadesūti? Manussesu ceva devesu ca. Manussesu uppajjamāno tisahassimahāsahassilokadhātu vase kattuṃ samattho buddho hutvā nibbattati. Devesu uppajjamāno dasasahassilokadhātu vasavattī mahābrahmā hutvā nibbattati. So tassa kappiyakārako vā ārāmiko vā sampajjati. Iti tatopi seṭṭhataravasena ‘‘dvipaduttamo’’ti vutto.
“十千世界界”:在称为十千的世界界中。“大神通者”:具足大神通者,即有广大威力之意。“围绕”:从四面八方环围世尊。“净信”:生起了信心。“人牛王”:指人中的最胜者。“啊!稀有”:此处,犹如盲人登山,非为常有,故称稀有;或应弹指称叹,故说稀有,意思是“啊,这真令人惊叹”,值得拍手称奇。“未曾有”:未曾发生过,前所未有。二者皆为赞叹之词。“毛发竖立”:令毛发竖立。“我过去未曾见过如此”:我过去未曾见过这般景象,指见到了前所未有之事。“见”字应依上文理解。“稀有”:奇妙。显示巴利原文
Dasasahassilokadhātuyāti dasasahassisaṅkhātāya lokadhātuyā. Mahiddhikāti mahatiyā iddhiyā yuttā, mahānubhāvāti attho. Parivāretvāti bhagavantaṃ samantato parikkhipitvā. Pasannāti sañjātasaddhā. Narāsabhanti narapuṅgavaṃ. Aho acchariyanti ettha andhassa pabbatārohanaṃ viya niccaṃ na hotīti acchariyaṃ, accharāyogganti vā acchariyaṃ, ‘‘aho, idaṃ vimhaya’’nti accharaṃ paharituṃ yuttanti attho. Abbhutanti abhūtapubbaṃ abhūtanti abbhutaṃ. Ubhayampetaṃ vimhayāvahassādhivacanaṃ. Lomahaṃsananti lomānaṃ uddhaggabhāvakaraṇaṃ. Na medisaṃ bhūtapubbanti na mayā īdisaṃ bhūtapubbaṃ, abbhutaṃ diṭṭhanti attho. Diṭṭhanti vacanaṃ āharitvā gahetabbaṃ. Accheranti acchariyaṃ.
「sakasakamhi bhavane(各自在自己的宫殿)」:各自在各自的住所中。
「nisīditvānāti(坐下)」:即安坐下来。
「devatāti(天神)」:应知此词通用于天子和天女。
「hasantitāti(他们笑)」:那些天神内心充满喜悦,不是仅仅微笑,而是放声大笑,这便是其含义。
「nabheti(空中)」:虚空中。显示巴利原文
Sakasakamhi bhavaneti attano attano bhavane. Nisīditvānāti upavissa. Devatāti idaṃ pana vacanaṃ devānampi devadhītānampi sādhāraṇavacananti veditabbaṃ. Hasantitāti tā devatā mahāhasitaṃ hasanti, pītivasaṃ gatahadayatāya mihitamattaṃ akatvā aṭṭahāsaṃ hasantīti attho. Nabheti ākāse.
「ākāsaṭṭhāti(住于空者)」:指安住在空中宫殿等处的众生;对于住于地者,道理亦同。
「tiṇapanthanivāsinoti(住于草端与道路者)」:指住在草尖和道路上的非人。
「puññavantoti(有福者)」:指有大福德者。
「mahiddhikāti(大神通者)」:有大威力者。
「saṅgītiyo pavattentīti(进行合唱)」:举行天界的歌舞合奏,为供养如来而作,这是其用意。
「ambareti(于虚空)」:在天空中。
「anilañjaseti(于风道)」:即空中之道;因“虚空”一词有多义,再说“于风道”,与前者同义。
「cammanaddhānīti(皮绷者)」:指用皮革蒙制的东西,即天鼓。
「vādentīti(演奏)」:天神们演奏它们。显示巴利原文
Ākāsaṭṭhāti ākāse vimānādīsu ṭhitā, eseva nayo bhūmaṭṭhesupi. Tiṇapanthanivāsinoti tiṇaggesu ceva panthesu ca nivāsino. Puññavantoti mahāpuññā. Mahiddhikāti mahānubhāvā. Saṅgītiyo pavattentīti devanāṭakasaṅgītiyo pavattenti, tathāgataṃ pūjanatthāya payujjantīti attho. Ambareti ākāse. Anilañjaseti anilapathe, ambarassa anekatthattā ‘‘anilañjase’’ti vuttaṃ, purimasseva vevacanaṃ. Cammanaddhānīti cammavinaddhāni. Ayameva vā pāṭho, devadundubhiyoti attho. Vādentīti vādayanti devatā.
「saṅkhāti(螺)」:吹奏的螺贝。
「paṇavāti(小鼓)」:一种中间细小的乐器。
「ḍiṇḍimāti(手鼓)」:指小型的手持鼓。
「vajjantīti(演奏)」:击打演奏。
「abbhuto vata no(哦!真是稀有)」:啊,真是奇妙。
「uppajjīti(已出现)」:已生起。
「lomahaṃsanoti(毛发竖立)」:令毛发竖立。
「dhuvanti(决定)」:因为这位稀有的导师已出现于世间,所以我们必定、决定能获得利益的成就,这是其意旨。
「labhāmāti(我们将获得)」:我们将得到。
「khaṇoti(刹那)」:指远离八难、第九种难得的时机,这是其含义。
「noti(我们)」:我们。
「paṭipāditoti(已获得)」:已得到。显示巴利原文
Saṅkhāti dhamanasaṅkhā. Paṇavāti tanumajjhaturiyavisesā. Ḍiṇḍimāti tiṇavākhuddakabheriyo vuccanti. Vajjantīti vādayanti. Abbhuto vata noti acchariyo vata nu. Uppajjīti uppanno. Lomahaṃsanoti lomahaṃsanakaro. Dhuvanti yasmā pana abbhuto ayaṃ satthā loke uppanno, tasmā dhuvaṃ avassaṃ atthasiddhiṃ labhāmāti adhippāyo. Labhāmāti labhissāma. Khaṇoti aṭṭhakkhaṇavirahito navamo khaṇoti attho. Noti amhākaṃ. Paṭipāditoti paṭiladdho.
「buddhoti(佛陀)」:那些天神听到“佛陀”一词而生起五种欢悦,这是其含义。
「tāvadeti(那时)」:指在那时刻。
「hiṅkārāti(嗨呵声)」:嗨呵声,夜叉等欢喜时所发欢呼之声。
「sādhukārāti(善哉声)」:即是善哉善哉的赞叹声。
「ukkuṭṭhīti(欢呼)」:指高呼和喧哗之声。
「pajāti(众生)」:指天神等。又有人读作“种种幢幡在虚空中飘动”。
「gāyantīti(歌唱)」:唱诵与佛功德相关的歌曲。显示巴利原文
Buddhoti tesaṃ sutvānāti buddhoti idaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā tesaṃ devānaṃ pañcavaṇṇā pīti udapādīti attho. Tāvadeti tasmiṃ kāle. Hiṅkārāti hiṅkārasaddā, hiṃhinti yakkhādayo pahaṭṭhakāle karonti. Sādhukārāti sādhukārasaddā ca pavattanti. Ukkuṭṭhīti ukkuṭṭhisaddo ca unnādasaddo cāti attho. Pajāti devādayo adhippetā. Keci ‘‘paṭākā vividhā gagane vattantī’’ti paṭhanti. Gāyantīti buddhaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ gītaṃ gāyanti.
「Seḷentīti(发出嘶鸣声)」:以口发出嘶鸣之声。
「Vādayantīti(演奏)」:使用大琴、摩伽罗首等乐器,以及维那琴与各类乐器,用以供养如来,并且令人演奏。
「Bhujāni pothentīti(击打手臂)」:拍打手臂。此处须视为语法性别的转换。
「Naccanti cāti(且舞蹈)」:即令他人舞蹈,自身亦舞蹈。显示巴利原文
Seḷentīti mukhena seḷitasaddaṃ karonti. Vādayantīti mahatī vipañcikāmakaramukhādayo vīṇā ca turiyāni ca tathāgatassa pūjanatthāya vādenti payojenti. Bhujāni pothentīti bhuje apphoṭenti. Liṅgavipariyāso daṭṭhabbo. Naccanti cāti aññe ca naccāpenti sayañca naccanti.
「Yathā tuyhaṃ mahāvīra, pādesu cakkalakkhaṇanti(大雄!您足下有轮相,犹如……)」:此处“yathā(犹如)”即“以何种方式”之意。“mahāvīra(大雄)”因具大勇猛力,故称大雄。“pādesu cakkalakkhaṇaṃ”意为:在您双足之底,具有千辐、带辋、带毂、一切相悉皆圆满的轮相,光芒闪耀。然而,“轮”字尚用于成就、车辋、威仪、布施、轮宝、法轮、刀轮、相好等义。例如,“比丘们,有此四种轮,具足它们的天与人……”(《增支部》4.31)等,是在成就义上所见;“如车之轮随所载”(《法句经》1)等,是在车辋义上;“有四轮九门”(《相应部》1.29)等,是在威仪义上;“施与、受用且莫放逸,于一切众生中转动布施之轮”(《本生》1.7.149),此处是在布施义上;“天界轮宝出现”(《长部》2.243;3.85;《中部》3.256),此处是在轮宝义上;“我所转动的轮”(《经集》562;《佛种姓》28.17),此处是在法轮义上;“渴爱所逼显示巴利原文
Yathā tuyhaṃ mahāvīra, pādesu cakkalakkhaṇanti ettha yena pakārena yathā. Mahāvīriyena yogato mahāvīro. Pādesu cakkalakkhaṇanti tava ubhosu pādatalesu sahassāraṃ sanemikaṃ sanābhikaṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ cakkalakkhaṇaṃ sobhatīti attho. Cakka-saddo panāyaṃ sampattirathaṅgairiyāpathadānaratanadhammakhuracakkalakkhaṇādīsu dissati. ‘‘Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, cakkāni yehi samannāgatānaṃ devamanussāna’’ntiādīsu (a. ni. 4.31) sampattiyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Cakkaṃva vahato pada’’ntiādīsu (dha. pa. 1) rathaṅge. ‘‘Catucakkaṃ navadvāra’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.29) iriyāpathe. ‘‘Dadaṃ bhuñja ca mā ca pamādo, cakkaṃ vattaya sabbapāṇina’’nti (jā. 1.7.149) ettha dāne. ‘‘Dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ pātubhūta’’nti (dī. ni. 2.243; 3.85; ma. ni. 3.256) ettha ratanacakke. ‘‘Mayā pavattitaṃ cakka’’nti (su. ni. 562; bu. vaṃ. 28.17) ettha pana dhammacakke. ‘‘Icchāhatassa posassa, cakkaṃ bhamati matthake’’ti (jā. 1.1.104; 1.5.103) ettha khuracakke, paharaṇacakketi attho. ‘‘Pādatalesu cakkāni jātānī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.35; 3.200, 204; ma. ni. 2.386) ettha lakkhaṇe. Idhāpi lakkhaṇacakke daṭṭhabbo (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.148; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.187; 2.4.8; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.2.44). Dhajavajirapaṭākā, vaḍḍhamānaṅkusācitanti dhajena ca vajirena ca paṭākāya ca vaḍḍhamānena ca aṅkusena ca ācitaṃ alaṅkataṃ parivāritaṃ pādesu cakkalakkhaṇanti attho. Cakkalakkhaṇe pana gahite sesalakkhaṇāni gahitāneva honti. Tathā asīti anubyañjanāni byāmappabhā ca. Tasmā tehi dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāsītianubyañjanabyāmappabhāhi samalaṅkato bhagavato kāyo sabbaphāliphullo viya pāricchattako vikasitapadumaṃ viya kamalavanaṃ vividharatanavicittaṃ viya navakanakatoraṇaṃ tārāmarīcivirājitamiva gaganatalaṃ ito cito ca vidhāvamānā vipphandamānā chabbaṇṇabuddharasmiyo muñcamāno ativiya sobhati.
现在,为显示世尊的色身成就与法身成就——显示巴利原文
Idāni bhagavato rūpakāyadhammakāyasampattidassanatthaṃ –
「Rūpe sīle samādhimhi, paññāya ca asādiso; Vimuttiyā asamasamo, dhammacakkappavattane」(在色身方面、在戒方面、在定方面、在慧方面,无人可比;在解脱方面,无同等者;在转法轮方面,同样无比。)这首偈颂这样说。显示巴利原文
‘‘Rūpe sīle samādhimhi, paññāya ca asādiso;
“于解脱中无等伦者,于转法轮亦复无等。”——这便是所说的偈颂。
显示巴利原文 Vimuttiyā asamasamo, dhammacakkappavattane’’ti. – ayaṃ gāthā vuttā;
此处,“于色”(rūpe)中的“色”(rūpa)一词,可见于蕴、有、相、缘、身体、颜色、形状等处。如经中说:“凡任何色,过去、未来、现在……”(《中部》1.361;3.86,89;《分别论》2;《大品》22),此指色蕴。“于色有中修其道”(《法集论》160-161;《分别论》624),此指色有。“内无色想,而观外色相”(《长部》3.338;《中部》2.249;《增支部》1.435-442;《法集论》204-205),此指遍相。“诸比丘!彼不善之恶法,依有相而生,非依无相”(《增支部》2.83),此指缘。“被围限的空界,即名为色”(《中部》1.306),此指身体。“依于眼与色,眼识生起”(《中部》1.204,400;3.421,425-426;《相应部》4.60;《论事》465),此指颜色。“以量度色,于色生净信”(《增支部》4.65),此指形状。在此偈颂中,亦应(如此了知)。显示巴利原文
Tattha rūpeti ayaṃ rūpa-saddo khandhabhavanimittapaccayasarīravaṇṇasaṇṭhānādīsu dissati. Yathāha – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppanna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.361; 3.86, 89; vibha. 2; mahāva. 22) ettha rūpakkhandhe dissati. ‘‘Rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāvetī’’ti (dha. sa. 160-161; vibha. 624) ettha rūpabhave. ‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.338; ma. ni. 2.249; a. ni. 1.435-442; dha. sa. 204-205) ettha kasiṇanimitte. ‘‘Sarūpā, bhikkhave, uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā no arūpā’’ti (a. ni. 2.83) ettha paccaye. ‘‘Ākāso parivārito rūpantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.306) ettha sarīre. ‘‘Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇa’’nti (ma. ni. 1.204, 400; 3.421, 425-426; saṃ. ni. 4.60; kathā. 465) ettha vaṇṇe. ‘‘Rūpappamāṇo rūpappasanno’’ti (a. ni. 4.65) ettha saṇṭhāne. Idhāpi saṇṭhāne daṭṭhabbo (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.1 rūpādivaggavaṇṇanā). Sīleti catubbidhe sīle. Samādhimhīti tividhepi samādhimhi. Paññāyāti lokiyalokuttarāya paññāya. Asādisoti asadiso anupamo. Vimuttiyāti phalavimuttiyā . Asamasamoti asamā atītā buddhā tehi asamehi buddhehi sīlādīhi samoti asamasamo. Ettāvatā bhagavato rūpakāyasampatti dassitā.
现在,为显示世尊的色身力量等,说:“于戒”(sīle):指四种戒。“于定”(samādhimhi):指三种定。“于慧”(paññāya):指世间慧与出世间慧。“无比”(asādiso):意为无与伦比、无可譬喻。“于解脱”(vimuttiyā):指果位的解脱。“无同等者”(asamasamo):由于过去诸佛是“不等”(asamā),而世尊在戒等方面与那些不等的诸佛相等(sama),故称 asamasamo。至此,已显示了世尊的色身成就。显示巴利原文
Idāni bhagavato kāyabalādiṃ dassetuṃ –
「Dasanāgabalaṃ kāye, tuyhaṃ pākatikaṃ balaṃ; Iddhibalena asamo, dhammacakkappavattane」(在您的身体中,有十头大象那样的自然力量;凭借神变力,您无可匹敌;在转动法轮方面,同样如此。)已经这样说。显示巴利原文
‘‘Dasanāgabalaṃ kāye, tuyhaṃ pākatikaṃ balaṃ;
Iddhibalena asamo, dhammacakkappavattane’’ti. – vuttaṃ;
此处“十象力”意指:十头强壮香象之力。因为如来的力有两种:身力与智力。其中,身力应依象族次第来理解。如何理解呢?显示巴利原文
Tattha dasanāgabalanti dasachaddantanāgabalaṃ. Duvidhañhi tathāgatassa balaṃ – kāyabalaṃ, ñāṇabalañcāti. Tattha kāyabalaṃ hatthikulānusārena veditabbaṃ. Kathaṃ?
黑种象、恒河象、般达罗象、铜色象、
香象、吉祥象、金象,以及布萨象、六牙象——这十种象。(《中部注》1.148;《相应部注》2.2.22;《增支部注》3.10.21;《长部注》2.198;《分别论注》760;《优陀那注》75;《小部注》81;《无碍解道注》2.2.44)——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāḷāvakañca gaṅgeyyaṃ, paṇḍaraṃ tambapiṅgalaṃ; Gandhamaṅgalahemañca, uposathachaddantime dasā’’ti.(ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.148; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 2.2.22; a. ni. aṭṭha. 3.10.21; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.198; vibha. aṭṭha. 760; udā. aṭṭha. 75; cūḷani. aṭṭha. 81; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.2.44) –
应知这十种象族如下:所谓‘黑种’,即寻常的象族。十人之体力,相当于一头黑种象之力。十头黑种象之力,等于一头恒河象之力。依此方法,可一直类推至六牙象之力。十头六牙象之力,等于一位如来之力,此即所谓的那罗延力、金刚力。若以寻常象的数量来计算,那是千亿头象之力;若以人的数量来计算,则是十亿人之力。这便是如来的自然身力。至于智力,则不可测度,如十力智、四无畏智、八众中不动的智、辨析四种生的智、辨别五趣的智、十四种佛智等等,这些悉属智力。然而,这里指的是身力。‘在你身中的自然力’,意即蕴含于你身中的自然力量。因此,所谓‘十象力’,即是指十头六牙象的力。显示巴利原文
Imāni dasa hatthikulāni veditabbāni. Kāḷāvakoti pakatihatthikulaṃ. Yaṃ dasannaṃ purisānaṃ kāyabalaṃ, taṃ ekassa kāḷāvakassa hatthino balaṃ. Yaṃ dasannaṃ kāḷāvakānaṃ balaṃ, taṃ ekassa gaṅgeyyassāti eteneva upāyena yāva chaddantabalaṃ netabbanti. Yaṃ dasannaṃ chaddantānaṃ balaṃ, taṃ ekassa tathāgatassa balaṃ, nārāyanabalaṃ vajirabalanti idameva vuccati. Tadetaṃ pakatihatthigaṇanāya hatthikoṭisahassānaṃ balaṃ, purisagaṇanāya dasannaṃ purisakoṭisahassānaṃ balaṃ hoti. Idaṃ tāva tathāgatassa pakatikāyabalaṃ, ñāṇabalaṃ pana appameyyaṃ dasabalañāṇaṃ catuvesārajjañāṇaṃ aṭṭhasu parisāsu akampanañāṇaṃ catuyoniparicchedakañāṇaṃ pañcagatiparicchedakañāṇaṃ cuddasa buddhañāṇānīti evamādikaṃ ñāṇabalaṃ. Idha pana kāyabalaṃ adhippetaṃ. Kāye, tuyhaṃ pākatikaṃ balanti tañca pana tava kāye pākatikabalanti attho. Tasmā ‘‘dasanāgabala’’nti dasachaddantanāgabalanti attho.
现在,为显示智力而说:‘以神通力无与伦比,于转法轮上’。其中,‘以神通力无与伦比’是指,凭借变化、决意等神通力,无可等同、无可相似、无可比拟。‘于转法轮上’意谓,在说法之智上,同样无有能及者。显示巴利原文
Idāni ñāṇabalaṃ dassento ‘‘iddhibalena asamo, dhammacakkappavattane’’ti āha. Tattha iddhibalena asamoti vikubbanādhiṭṭhānādinā iddhibalena asamo asadiso anupamo. Dhammacakkappavattaneti desanāñāṇepi asamoti attho.
如今,为了显示劝导礼敬如来:‘那位具足如是等功德的导师,是一切世间唯一的引导者,你们应当礼敬这位导师。’——而这样说:显示巴利原文
Idāni ‘‘yo evamādiguṇasamannāgato satthā, so sabbalokekanāyako, taṃ satthāraṃ namassathā’’ti tathāgatassa paṇāmane niyogadassanatthaṃ –
如此具足一切功德,圆满一切支分,
你们应当礼敬那位大牟尼、悲悯者、世间之护主。’——这是所说的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evaṃ sabbaguṇūpetaṃ, sabbaṅgasamupāgataṃ; Mahāmuniṃ kāruṇikaṃ, lokanāthaṃ namassathā’’ti. – vuttaṃ;
其中,“如是”是表示前述情形的虚词。“具足一切功德”:此处“一切”一词意为毫无剩余。“功德”一词则见于多种含义。例如:“诸比丘,我允许将未染衣做成双层的僧伽梨”(《长尼迦耶注》1.546;《律藏·大品》348),此处为“层”义。“时光流逝,夜晚疾驰,青春的蕴聚依次舍弃”(《相应部》1.4),此处为“蕴”义。“布施当期待百倍利益”(《中尼迦耶》3.379),此处为“利益”义。“肠、肠间膜”(《长尼迦耶》2.377;《中尼迦耶》1.110,302; 2.114; 3.154,349; 《小诵·三十二身分》),“应造作众多花环”(《法句经》53),此处为“束”义。“具足八支成就,致以神通力”(《佛种姓》2.29),此处为“成就”义。此处亦当取“成就”义(《长尼迦耶注》1.546;《中尼迦耶注》1.166;《小尼迦耶注》136)。因此,“具足一切功德”即具备、具足一切世间与出世间的功德、一切成就。“具足一切支分”:指具足、圆满一切佛的显示巴利原文
Tattha evanti vuttappakāranidassane nipāto. Sabbaguṇūpetanti ettha sabboti ayaṃ niravasesavācī. Guṇoti ayaṃ guṇa-saddo anekesu atthesu dissati. Tathā hesa – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ahatānaṃ vatthānaṃ diguṇaṃ saṅghāṭi’’nti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.546; mahāva. 348) ettha paṭalatthe dissati. ‘‘Accenti kālā tarayanti rattiyo, vayoguṇā anupubbaṃ jahantī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.4) ettha rāsatthe. ‘‘Sataguṇā dakkhiṇā pāṭikaṅkhitabbā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.379) ettha ānisaṃsatthe. ‘‘Antaṃ antaguṇaṃ’’ (dī. ni. 2.377; ma. ni. 1.110, 302; 2.114; 3.154, 349; khu. pā. 3.dvattiṃsākāra) ‘‘kayirā mālāguṇe bahū’’ti (dha. pa. 53) ettha bandhanatthe. ‘‘Aṭṭhaguṇasamupetaṃ, abhiññābalamāhari’’nti (bu. vaṃ. 2.29) ettha sampattiatthe. Idhāpi sampattiatthe daṭṭhabbo (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.546; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.166; cūḷani. aṭṭha. 136). Tasmā sabbehi lokiyalokuttarehi guṇehi sabbasampattīhi upetaṃ samannāgatanti attho. Sabbaṅgasamupāgatanti sabbehi buddhaguṇehi guṇaṅgehi vā samupāgataṃ samannāgataṃ. Mahāmuninti aññehi paccekabuddhādīhi munīhi adhikabhāvato mahanto munīti vuccati mahāmuni. Kāruṇikanti karuṇāguṇayogato kāruṇikaṃ. Lokanāthanti sabbalokekanāthaṃ, sabbalokehi ‘‘ayaṃ no dukkhopatāpassa āhantā sametā’’ti evamāsīsīyatīti attho.
现在,为显示十力者、了知一切缘起者的阿拉汉功德——显示巴利原文
Idāni dasabalassa sabbanipaccākārassa arahabhāvadassanatthaṃ –
问候、称扬、礼敬与赞叹;
归敬与供养,这一切,你全都应受。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Abhivādanaṃ thomanañca, vandanañca pasaṃsanaṃ; Namassanañca pūjañca, sabbaṃ arahasī tuvaṃ.
世间凡应受礼敬者,以及一切值得礼敬的对象;
于一切中最为尊贵,大雄啊,世间无人能与您等同。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye keci loke vandaneyyā, vandanaṃ arahanti ye; Sabbaseṭṭho mahāvīra, sadiso te na vijjatī’’ti. – vuttaṃ;
其中,‘敬礼’(abhivādana)是指令他人对自己行礼。‘称扬’(thomana)是在背后称赞。‘礼敬’(vandana)是躬身致敬。‘称赞’(pasaṃsanā)是当面赞叹。‘归敬’(namassana)是合掌,或以心意归敬。‘供养’(pūjana)是以花鬘、香、涂香等行供养。‘一切’(sabba)指上述这一切种类的殊胜尊敬,您都堪受、完全相应——这是其含义。‘世间任何应受礼敬者’(Ye keci loke vandaneyyā)指世间中任何应受礼敬、值得礼敬、堪受礼敬的对象。‘Ye’即指那些世间堪受礼敬者,这只是前一句的同义词。‘一切中至尊’(Sabbaseṭṭho)指在这一切当中最为殊胜、最上,大雄啊,世间无有与您等同之人——这是其含义。显示巴利原文
Tattha abhivādananti aññehi attano abhivādanakārāpanaṃ. Thomananti parammukhato thuti. Vandananti paṇāmanaṃ. Pasaṃsananti sammukhato pasaṃsanaṃ. Namassananti añjalikaraṇaṃ, manasā namassanaṃ vā. Pūjananti mālāgandhavilepanādīhi pūjanañca. Sabbanti sabbampi taṃ vuttappakāraṃ sakkāravisesaṃ tuvaṃ arahasi yuttoti attho. Ye keci loke vandaneyyāti ye keci loke vanditabbā vandanīyā vandanaṃ arahanti. Yeti ye pana loke vandanaṃ arahanti. Idaṃ pana purimapadasseva vevacanaṃ. Sabbaseṭṭhoti sabbesaṃ tesaṃ seṭṭho uttamo, tvaṃ mahāvīra sadiso te loke koci na vijjatīti attho.
那时,世尊显现双神变后,化现出宝石经行处,并在其上经行。尊者舍利弗与五百位随从比丘住在王舍城的灵鹫山。长老瞻仰世尊时,看见世尊在迦毗罗城上方的虚空中,于宝石经行处经行。因此说道:显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavati yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā ratanacaṅkamaṃ māpetvā tatra caṅkamamāne āyasmā sāriputto rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate pañcahi parivārabhikkhusatehi. Atha thero bhagavantaṃ olokento addasa kapilapure ākāse ratanacaṅkame caṅkamamānaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ –
舍利弗是大智者,通达定与禅那;
他仅是立于灵鹫山上,便看见了世间导师。——等等。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sāriputto mahāpañño, samādhijjhānakovido; Gijjhakūṭe ṭhitoyeva, passati lokanāyaka’’nti. – ādi;
其中,「舍利弗」(Sāriputta):因为他是名叫色舍利(Rūpasārī)的婆罗门女的儿子,所以称为舍利弗。「大慧者」(Mahāpañño):由于具备十六种广大的智慧,所以称为大慧者。「精通于定与禅那」(Samādhijjhānakovido):这里,「定」(samādhi)指将心平等地安置、固定于所缘上,所以称为定。它有三种:有寻有伺定、无寻唯伺定、无寻无伺定。「禅那」(jhāna)指初禅、第二禅、第三禅、第四禅,通过这些初禅等,慈心禅那等也都包含在内。禅那也有两种:观察相禅那和所缘禅那。其中,观智因为观察无常等相,所以称为‘观察相禅那’。而初禅等,则因为对所缘进行观察,或者烧尽敌对法,所以称为禅那。在所有的定与所有的禅那上都善巧,所以叫做‘精通于定与禅那’,也就是擅长定与禅那。「灵鹫山」(Gijjhakūṭa):在这座以此命名的山上,他站着就看见了,所以用‘看见’(passi)。显示巴利原文
Tattha sāriputtoti rūpasāriyā nāma brāhmaṇiyā puttoti sāriputto. Mahāpaññoti mahatiyā soḷasavidhāya paññāya samannāgatoti mahāpañño. Samādhijjhānakovidoti ettha samādhīti cittaṃ samaṃ ādahati ārammaṇe ṭhapetīti samādhi. So tividho hoti savitakkasavicāro avitakkavicāramatto avitakkaavicāro samādhīti. Jhānanti paṭhamajjhānaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ tatiyajjhānaṃ catutthajjhānanti imehi paṭhamajjhānādīhi mettājhānādīnipi saṅgahitāneva honti, jhānampi duvidhaṃ hoti lakkhaṇūpanijjhānaṃ ārammaṇūpanijjhānanti. Tattha aniccādilakkhaṇaṃ upanijjhāyatīti vipassanāñāṇaṃ ‘‘lakkhaṇūpanijjhāna’’nti vuccati. Paṭhamajjhānādikaṃ pana ārammaṇūpanijjhānato paccanīkajhāpanato vā jhānanti vuccati. Samādhīsu ca jhānesu ca kovidoti samādhijjhānakovido, samādhijjhānakusaloti attho. Gijjhakūṭeti evaṃnāmake pabbate ṭhitoyeva passatīti passi.
44 「犹如盛开的王娑罗树」(Suphullaṃsālarājaṃ vā):就像一棵王娑罗树,树干匀称挺拔,粗壮高耸,枝条上装点着柔嫩的果、叶和芽,所有的花全都盛开了;同样的,世尊以戒为根,以定蕴为树干,以慧为枝条,以神通为花,以解脱为果,瞻视着这样一棵十力王娑罗树。——这是和“瞻视”一词的关联。「犹如空中的月亮」(Candaṃva gagane yathā):指像秋时圆满的月轮,远离了云、雾、烟、尘以及罗睺的侵扰,被群星环绕,能够破灭一切烦恼的黑暗,让可教化者的心莲绽放;瞻视这位如同月亮般的牟尼王,就是这个意思。「犹如」(yathā)只是一个没有实义的小品词。「犹如正午的太阳」(Majjhanhikeva sūriyaṃ):指像正午时分的太阳,光芒强烈刺眼,放射出炽热的光线那样照耀。瞻视这位‘人中之雄牛’(Narāsabha,即 naravasabha,人中牛王、最上者)。显示巴利原文
44.Suphullaṃsālarājaṃ vāti samavaṭṭakkhandhaṃ samuggatavipulakomalaphalapallavaṅkurasamalaṅkatasākhaṃ sabbaphāliphullaṃ sālarājaṃ viya sīlamūlaṃ samādhikkhandhaṃ paññāsākhaṃ abhiññāpupphaṃ vimuttiphalaṃ dasabalasālarājaṃ olokesīti evaṃ olokapadena sambandho. Candaṃva gagane yathāti abbhāhimadhūmarajorāhupasaggavinimuttaṃ tāragaṇaparivutaṃ saradasamaye paripuṇṇaṃ viya rajanikaraṃ sabbakilesatimiravidhamanakaraṃ veneyyajanakumudavanavikasanakaraṃ munivararajanikaraṃ oloketīti attho. Yathāti nipātamattaṃ. Majjhanhikeva sūriyanti majjhanhikasamaye siriyā paṭutarakiraṇamālinaṃ aṃsumālinamiva virocamānaṃ. Narāsabhanti naravasabhaṃ.
45 「闪耀着」(Jalantaṃ):意为辉煌灿烂,恰如秋月圆满之际,其容颜庄严柔美,光辉熠熠;以三十二相、八十种好所庄严的殊胜之身,凭借无上佛陀之祥瑞而照耀——这便是「闪耀着」的含义。「犹如灯树」(Dīparukkhaṃ vā):如同悬挂众多明灯、被点燃的灯树一般。「犹如初升的嫩日」(Taruṇasūriyaṃva uggataṃ):指如同刚刚升起的旭日,以光明温润的方式闪耀着——这便是其含义。说太阳尚「嫩」,只是因其初升,太阳并不像月亮那样有盈亏之变。「以丈光遍照」(Byāmappabhānurañjitaṃ):指为佛陀的丈光(身周常照各一丈的光明)所遍照。「彼智者见世间导师」(Dhīraṃ passati lokanāyakaṃ):指瞻见这位一切世间的智者、导师——这便是其含义。显示巴利原文
45.Jalantanti daddaḷhamānaṃ, saradasamayaṃ paripuṇṇacandasassirikacāruvadanasobhaṃ lakkhaṇānubyañjanasamalaṅkatavarasarīraṃ paramāya buddhasiriyā virocamānanti attho. Dīparukkhaṃ vāti āropitadīpaṃ dīparukkhamiva. Taruṇasūriyaṃva uggatanti abhinavoditādiccamiva, sommabhāvena jalantanti attho. Sūriyassa taruṇabhāvo pana udayaṃ paṭicca vuccati. Na hi candassa viya hānivuddhiyo atthi. Byāmappabhānurañjitanti byāmappabhāya anurañjitaṃ. Dhīraṃ passati lokanāyakanti sabbalokekadhīraṃ passati nāyakanti attho.
那时,具寿法将(舍利弗长老)站在鹫峰山上——此山诸峰为极清凉的湖流之水所环抱亲吻,种种芬芳的树木与花朵令峰顶馥郁,景致极其瑰丽多彩——他看见世尊为来自一万个轮围世界的天众与梵天众所围绕,以无上的佛陀祥瑞与无与伦比的佛陀威仪,在由一切珍宝铺就的经行处经行。于是心想:「此刻,我应当去亲近世尊,请求他宣说一部能彰显佛德的《佛种姓经》。」这样思惟后,他便召集了与自己同住的五百位比丘。因此这样说:显示巴利原文
Athāyasmā dhammasenāpati atisītalasaliladharanikaraparicumbitakūṭe nānāvidhasurabhitarukusumavāsitakūṭe paramaruciracittakūṭe gijjhakūṭe pabbate ṭhatvāva dasahi cakkavāḷasahassehi āgatehi devabrahmagaṇehi parivutaṃ bhagavantaṃ anuttarāya buddhasiriyā anopamāya buddhalīḷāya sabbaratanamaye caṅkame caṅkamamānaṃ disvā – ‘‘handāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā buddhaguṇaparidīpanaṃ buddhavaṃsadesanaṃ yāceyya’’nti cintetvā attanā saddhiṃ vasamānāni pañca bhikkhusatāni sannipātesi. Tena vuttaṃ –
那五百位比丘,是所作已办、安住不动者,
是诸漏尽者、无垢者,他于刹那之间将他们全部召集。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ, katakiccāna tādinaṃ; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, khaṇena sannipātayī’’ti.
此处,「五百比丘」(pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ)即五百位比丘;在这里,应当把属格形式理解为业格的意义,也就是动作的所缘。「所作已办」(katakiccānaṃ)的意思是:对于四圣谛,通过四种道,依遍知、断除、作证、修习而彻底圆满了十六种当行之事。「诸漏尽者」(khīṇāsavānaṃ)指已断尽四漏者。「无垢」(vimalānaṃ)指远离了尘垢的人,或由于漏尽而清净,也就是心相续达到了最为清净。「刹那之间」(khaṇena)指就在那一个刹那。「召集」(sannipātayī)即聚集起来。显示巴利原文
Tattha pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānanti pañca bhikkhusatāni, upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Katakiccānanti catūsu saccesu catūhi maggehi pariññāpahānasacchikiriyabhāvanāvasena pariniṭṭhitasoḷasakiccānanti attho. Khīṇāsavānanti parikkhīṇacaturāsavānaṃ. Vimalānanti vigatamalānaṃ , khīṇāsavattā vā vimalānaṃ paramaparisuddhacittasantānānanti attho. Khaṇenāti khaṇeyeva. Sannipātayīti sannipātesi.
现在,为说明那些比丘集会与前往的缘由,而说:显示巴利原文
Idāni tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sannipāte gamane ca kāraṇaṃ dassanatthaṃ –
“为令世间生净信,示现神通之奇迹;
我们也前往彼处,向胜者顶礼。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Lokappasādanaṃ nāma, pāṭihīraṃ nidassayi; Amhepi tattha gantvāna, vandissāma mayaṃ jinaṃ.
‘面见世间导师之后,我们将断除疑惑。’——这是所说的偈颂。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Etha sabbe gamissāma, tucchissāma mayaṃ jinaṃ; Kaṅkhaṃ vinodayissāma, passitvā lokanāyaka’’nti. – imā gāthāyo vuttā;
其中,‘令世间净信’(lokappasādanaṃ):因能令世间生起净信,故此种神变名为‘令世间净信’。亦有一读作‘ullokappasādanaṃ’,其义为‘开示世界的神变’。此神变即:上至色究竟天,下至阿鼻地狱,于此中间化作一片光明,并令其间一切众生皆能互相看见的决意。‘展示’(nidassayi):即示现。‘我们也’(amhepi):即我们亦是。‘那里’(tattha):指世尊所在之处,即前往彼处。‘我们将顶礼’(vandissāma):即以头面顶礼世尊双足。然此中‘我们也’与‘我们’二词,前者关涉前往之动作,后者关涉顶礼之动作;否则便有重复之失。显示巴利原文
Tattha lokappasādanaṃ nāmāti lokassa pasādakaraṇato lokappasādanaṃ pāṭihīraṃ vuccati. ‘‘Ullokappasādanaṃ nāmātipi pāṭho, tassa lokavivaraṇapāṭihāriyanti attho. Taṃ pana uddhaṃ akaniṭṭhabhavanato heṭṭhā yāva avīci etthantare ekālokaṃ katvā etthantare sabbesampi sattānaṃ aññamaññaṃ dassanakaraṇādhiṭṭhānanti vuccati. Nidassayīti dassesi. Amhepīti mayampi. Tatthāti yattha bhagavā, tattha gantvānāti attho. Vandissāmāti mayaṃ bhagavato pāde sirasā vandissāma. Ettha pana amhepi, mayanti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ saddānaṃ purimassa gamanakiriyāya sambandho daṭṭhabbo, pacchimassa vandanakiriyāya. Itarathā hi punaruttidosato na muccati.
‘Ethā’:意为‘来’。对于‘我们将消除疑惑’一语,有人问:‘然而,漏尽者实无任何疑惑,为何长老如此说?’确实如此,因为疑惑于第一道时便已彻底断除。如所说:显示巴利原文
Ethāti āgacchatha. Kaṅkhaṃvinodayissāmāti etthāha – khīṇāsavānaṃ pana kaṅkhā nāma kācipi natthi, kasmā thero evamāhāti? Saccamevetaṃ, paṭhamamaggeneva samucchedaṃ gatā. Yathāha –
哪些法应当通过「见」来断除呢?即是四种与恶见相应之心生起、与疑相应之心生起,以及那些会趋向恶趣的贪、嗔、痴、慢,还有与这些烦恼共住的其余烦恼。(参考《法集论》1405,内容稍有不同)显示巴利原文
‘‘Katame dhammā dassanena pahātabbāti? Cattāro diṭṭhigatasampayuttacittuppādā vicikicchāsahagato cittuppādo apāyagamanīyo lobho doso moho māno tadekaṭṭhā ca kilesā’’ti (dha. sa. 1405 thokaṃ visadisaṃ).
然而,这并非称为「疑」的疑惑,而是对「施设」的无知。长老其实是想向世尊询问佛陀种姓,但此法唯是诸佛之境界,非独觉佛与声闻弟子所能及。因此应知,长老因这是非己境界才这样说。「Vinodayissāmā」意为「我们将会除去」。显示巴利原文
Na panesā vicikicchāsaṅkhātā kaṅkhāti, kintu paññattiajānanaṃ nāma. Thero pana bhagavantaṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ pucchitukāmo, so pana buddhānaṃyeva visayo, na paccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ, tasmā thero avisayattā evamāhāti veditabbaṃ. Vinodayissāmāti vinodessāma.
那时,比丘们听闻长老的话,各自拿起衣钵,犹如善加调伏之象,已断烦恼、已解系缚,少欲知足,远离独处,不杂居,具足戒、定、慧、解脱、解脱知见,疾速聚集而来。因此,这样说:显示巴利原文
Atha kho te bhikkhū therassa vacanaṃ sutvā attano attano pattacīvaramādāya suvammitā viya mahānāgā pabhinnakilesā chinnabandhanā appicchā santuṭṭhā pavivittā asaṃsaṭṭhā sīlasamādhipaññāvimuttivimuttiñāṇadassanasampannā taramānā sannipattiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ –
他们应声“善哉”,这些贤明而善护根门的人;
手持衣钵,急忙走上前来。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sādhūti te paṭissutvā, nipakā saṃvutindriyā; Pattacīvaramādāya, taramānā upāgamu’’nti.
在此,“sādhu”(善哉)一词可用于乞求、接受、随喜、美好等义。确实如此,如:“善哉!尊者世尊!愿您为我略说法要”等句中,即用于乞求。“那位比丘随喜并认可世尊所说后,说:‘善哉!尊者!’”等句中,即用于接受。“善哉!善哉!舍利弗!”等句中,即用于随喜。显示巴利原文
Tattha sādhūti ayaṃ sādhu-saddo āyācanasampaṭicchanasampahaṃsanasundarādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa – ‘‘sādhu me, bhante bhagavā, saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetū’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.95; 5.382; a. ni. 4.257) āyācane dissati. ‘‘Sādhu, bhanteti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.86) sampaṭicchane. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputtā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.349) sampahaṃsane.
‘‘Sādhu dhammaruci rājā, sādhu paññāṇavā naro;
于友无欺是善,不作恶是乐。’此偈于本生等中表示美好,而于此(当前)处则表示接受。因此,“sādhu”意为“善哉”,即接受了长老所说,这是它的含义。“Nipakā”:贤明而有智。“Saṃvutindriyā”:于诸根防护其门,即具足根律仪。“Taramānā”:急速地。“Upāgamuṃ”:他们前往长老那里。显示巴利原文
Sādhu mittānamaddubbho, pāpassākaraṇaṃ sukha’’nti. –
结集者为了显示法将(舍利弗尊者)的事迹,诵出“诸漏尽者,清净无秽”等偈颂。其中,“dantehi”指身与心皆已调伏的人。“Uttame dameti”指在阿拉汉果上的最上调伏,此处应视为处格,表“于……中”义。“Tehi bhikkhūhīti”指与那五百位比丘一起。“Mahāgaṇī”:因他拥有在戒等功德上及数量上都极其广大的僧团,故称“有大团体者”;亦可解释为以种种方式具足戒等功德的大众,“有大团体者”即拥有如此大众的人。“Laḷanto devova gaganeti”意思是,他以神变展现威仪,犹如天子在虚空中嬉戏一般,前去亲近世尊。显示巴利原文
Ādīsu (jā. 2.18.101) sundare. Idha sampaṭicchane. Tasmā sādhu suṭṭhūti therassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvāti attho (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.189; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1 suttanikkhepavaṇṇanā; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 1.115 aggikabhāradvājasuttavaṇṇanā). Nipakāti paṇḍitā paññavantā. Saṃvutindriyāti indriyesu guttadvārā, indriyasaṃvarasamannāgatāti attho. Taramānāti turitā. Upāgamunti theraṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu.
50-1 现在,为了说明他们以那样的状态前往亲近的方式,而开始解释“咳嗽与喷嚏”等。其中,“ukkāsitañca”指咳嗽之声,“khipita”指喷嚏之声。“Ajjhupekkhiyā”意为舍弃、不作此二事,即他们刻意避免发出咳嗽和喷嚏声。“Subbatā”指具足极清净头陀功德的人。“Sappatissā”指带着恭敬与谦让同行,即行为恭谨谦下的意思。显示巴利原文
50-1. Idāni dhammasenāpatissa pavattiṃ dassentehi saṅgītikārakehi ‘‘khīṇāsavehi vimalehī’’tiādigāthāyo vuttā tattha dantehīti kāyena ca cittena ca dantehi. Uttame dameti arahatte, nimittatthe bhummaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tehi bhikkhūhīti pañcahi bhikkhusatehi. Mahāgaṇīti sīlādīhi ca saṅkhyāvasena ca mahanto gaṇo assa atthīti mahāgaṇī, nānāpadavasena vā sīlādīhi guṇehi mahanto gaṇoti mahāgaṇo, mahāgaṇo assa atthīti mahāgaṇī. Laḷanto devova gaganeti iddhivilāsena vilāsento devo viya gaganatale bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamīti attho.
52 “Sayambhu”(自生者)的意思是,自己圆满了所有波罗蜜,不依靠他人的教导而自证佛性。“Accuggata”指如同初升的月亮。“Candaṃ vā”指犹如月亮,他们看见世尊在虚空中闪耀,仿佛看到天际的月亮。应当如此理解词句间的关联。在此,“yathā”一词仅是虚词。显示巴利原文
52. Idāni ‘‘te itthambhūtā upasaṅkamiṃsū’’ti upasaṅkamavidhānadassanatthaṃ ‘‘ukkāsitañca khipita’’ntiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ukkāsitañcāti ukkāsitasaddañca. Khipitanti khipitasaddañca. Ajjhupekkhiyāti upekkhitvā, taṃ ubhayaṃ akatvāti adhippāyo. Subbatāti suvimaladhutaguṇā. Sappatissāti sahapatissayā, nīcavuttinoti attho.
53 「Sayambhu」(自生者)的意思是,不依靠他人的教导,由自己圆满诸波罗蜜而证得的佛果。「Accuggata」(极高升)意指新升起的。至于「Candaṃ vā」(如同月亮),应这样理解词句关系:如同在天空中辉耀的世尊,如同见到天空中的月亮一般。此处「yathā」也仅仅是虚词。显示巴利原文
53.Sayambhunti sayameva aññāpadesaṃ vinā pāramiyo pūretvā adhigatabuddhabhāvanti attho. Accuggatanti abhinavoditaṃ. Candaṃ vāti candaṃ viya, nabhe jalantaṃ bhagavantaṃ gagane candaṃ viya passantīti evaṃ padasambandho daṭṭhabbo. Idhāpi yathā-saddo nipātamattova.
54 「Vijjuṃ vā」(如同闪电):如同聚拢的闪电。它的意思是,倘若闪电能持续稍久、光华迅疾,便会是那样的形态。「Gagane yathā」(如同在虚空中):在虚空中如同那样,此处「yathā」也仅是虚词。从此以后,在类似这样的语境中,都应把「yathā」一词视为单纯的虚词。显示巴利原文
54.Vijjuṃ vāti vijjughanaṃ viya. Yadi ciraṭṭhitikā acirappabhā assa tādisanti attho. Gagane yathāti ākāse yathā, idhāpi yathā-saddo nipātamattova. Ito parampi īdisesu ṭhānesu yathā-saddo nipātamattoti daṭṭhabbo.
55 「如湖般清澄」(Rahadamiva vippasannaṃ):如同极为深广的大湖,其水清澄而无浊。「如盛敷之莲」(Suphullaṃ padumaṃ yathā):应如此领会其义——如同满是盛绽莲花的莲林之湖。另有版本读作「如盛敷之莲」(Suphullaṃ kamalaṃ yathā),其意为:因其殊胜可爱,如同盛绽的莲花林。显示巴利原文
55.Rahadamiva vippasannanti atigambhīravitthataṃ mahārahadaṃ viya anāvilaṃ vippasannaṃ salilaṃ. Suphullaṃ padumaṃ yathāti suvikasitapadumavanaṃ rahadamivāti attho daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘Suphullaṃ kamalaṃ yathā’’tipi pāṭho, tassa kamanīyabhāvena suphullaṃ kamalavanamivāti attho.
56 接着,以法将为首的比丘众,将合掌高举至头顶,仆倒在十力者那饰有轮相印记的脚背上——此即其义。正是因此,才说“合掌已,欢喜踊跃”等语。此处的“nipatantī”指他们仆倒、敬礼。“Cakkalakkhaṇe”是指具有轮相特征的脚,也就是有轮相的脚。“pāde”是依种类而施设的惯用语,意思就是他们仆倒在导师那双以轮相为庄严的足底。显示巴利原文
56. Atha te bhikkhū dhammasenāpatippamukhā añjaliṃ sirasi katvā dasabalassa cakkālaṅkatatalesu pādesu nipatiṃsūti attho. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘añjaliṃ paggahetvāna, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā’’tiādi. Tattha nipatantīti nipatiṃsu, vandiṃsūti attho. Cakkalakkhaṇeti cakkaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ yasmiṃ pāde so pādo cakkalakkhaṇo, tasmiṃ cakkalakkhaṇe. Jātivasena ‘‘pāde’’ti vuttaṃ, satthuno cakkālaṅkatatalesu pādesu nipatiṃsūti attho.
57 现在,为点出其中一些长老的名字,而说了这些偈颂:“舍利弗有大智慧,如克兰达花一般”等等。此中,“如克兰达花一般”(koraṇḍasamasādiso)的意思是:肤色就如克兰达花(koraṇḍa)的颜色。若如此,应说“koraṇḍasamo”(如克兰达花)或“koraṇḍasadiso”(似克兰达花),为何叠用“samasādiso”(相等、相似)?这其实并无过失:正因为他与克兰达花相等(koraṇḍasama),又具有与克兰达花相似的特性,所以才称作“如克兰达花一般”(koraṇḍasamasādiso)。并非辞藻上的重复,而是为了表达此义。“善于禅那、等至者”(Samādhijjhānakusalo):这里的“善巧”(kusala)一词,可用于健康(ārogya)、无过失(anavajja)、擅长(cheka)、乐报(sukhavipāka)等多种意义。此字确实可见于这些地方:如“尊者的健康(kusalaṃ)可好?无病无痛吧?”等句中,即表示健康。显示巴利原文
57. Idāni tesaṃ kesañci therānaṃ nāmaṃ dassentehi ‘‘sāriputto mahāpañño, koraṇḍasamasādiso’’tiādi gāthāyo vuttā. Tattha koraṇḍasamasādisoti koraṇḍakusumasadisavaṇṇo, yadi evaṃ ‘‘koraṇḍasamo’’ti vā, ‘‘koraṇḍasadiso’’ti vā vattabbaṃ, kiṃ dvikkhattuṃ ‘‘samasādiso’’ti vuttanti ce? Nāyaṃ doso, tādiso koraṇḍasamattā koraṇḍasadisabhāveneva koraṇḍasamasādiso. Na panādhikavacanavasenāti adhippāyo. Samādhijjhānakusaloti ettha ayaṃ kusala-saddo tāva arogyānavajjachekasukhavipākādīsu dissati. Ayañhi ‘‘kacci nu bhoto kusalaṃ, kacci bhoto anāmaya’’ntiādīsu (jā. 1.15.146; 2.20.129) ārogye dissati. ‘‘Katamo pana, bhante, kāyasamācāro kusalo ? Yo kho, mahārāja, kāyasamācāro anavajjo’’ti (ma. ni. 2.361) evamādīsu anavajje. ‘‘Kusalo tvaṃ rathassa aṅgapaccaṅgāna’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.87) cheke. ‘‘Kusalassa kammassa katattā upacitattā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 431 ādayo) sukhavipāke. Idha pana cheke daṭṭhabbo. Vandateti vandittha.
58 “如云雷声者”(Gajjitā):因发出雷鸣般的吼声,故称如云雷声者。“又如乌云般”的意思是:他如同蓄着青色雨水的乌云那般发出雷鸣,属于神通境界的展现。“色如青莲花般”(Nīluppalasamasādiso):意思是肤色就像青莲花(nīlakuvalaya)的颜色。依前所说的方法,此处也应如此理解。“目犍连”(Moggallāno):他俗名拘律陀(Kolita),依族姓而得此名。显示巴利原文
58.Gajjitāti gajjantīti gajjitā. Kālamegho vāti nīlasaliladharo viya gajjitā iddhivisayeti adhippāyo. Nīluppalasamasādisoti nīlakuvalayasadisavaṇṇo. Heṭṭhā vuttanayenevetthāpi attho veditabbo. Moggallānoti evaṃ gottavasena laddhanāmo kolito.
59 关于“大迦叶”(Mahākassapopi ca):因在优楼频螺迦叶、那提迦叶、伽耶迦叶、童子迦叶等较轻微或更轻微的长老中,这位长老最为崇大,故称为“大迦叶”。“pi ca”(又)一词,表敬重与总括之意。“肤色如炽热黄金”(Uttattakanakasannibho):指肤色有如烧得炽热的黄金一般。“于头陀功德”(Dhutaguṇe):在此,因能抖落烦恼(kilesa),法便被称作“头陀”(dhuta),头陀功德即是头陀法。那么,何为头陀法?即围绕着头陀支思(dhutaṅgacetanā)而有的五种法:少欲(appicchatā)、知足(santuṭṭhitā)、减损(sallekhatā)、远离(pavivekatā)、求于此(idamaṭṭhikatā)。依“即依少欲”等经说,这些便被称为头陀法。又,因能抖落烦恼的智慧(ñāṇa)名为头陀,故就那头陀的功德而说。“被列为第一”(Agganikkhitto)显示巴利原文
59.Mahākassapopi cāti uruvelakassapanadīkassapagayākassapakumārakassape khuddānukhuddake there upādāya ayaṃ mahā, tasmā ‘‘mahākassapo’’ti vutto. Pi cāti sambhāvanasampiṇḍanattho. Uttattakanakasannibhoti santattasuvaṇṇasadisachavivaṇṇo. Dhutaguṇeti ettha kilesadhunanato dhammo dhuto nāma, dhutaguṇo nāma dhutadhammo. Katamo pana dhutadhammo nāma? Appicchatā, santuṭṭhitā, sallekhatā, pavivekatā, idamaṭṭhikatāti ime dhutaṅgacetanāya parivārabhūtā pañca dhammā ‘‘appicchaṃyeva nissāyā’’tiādivacanato dhutadhammā nāma. Atha vā kilese dhunanato ñāṇaṃ dhutaṃ nāma, tasmiṃ dhutaguṇe. Agganikkhittoti aggo seṭṭho koṭibhūtoti ṭhapito. ‘‘Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhutavādānaṃ yadidaṃ mahākassapo’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 191) ṭhānantare ṭhapitoti attho. Ayaṃ pana agga-saddo ādikoṭikoṭṭhāsaseṭṭhādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa – ‘‘ajjatagge, samma dovārika , āvarāmi dāraṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīna’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.70) ādimhi dissati. ‘‘Teneva aṅgulaggena taṃ aṅgulaggaṃ parāmaseyya’’ (kathā. 441), ‘‘ucchaggaṃ veḷagga’’ntiādīsu koṭiyaṃ. ‘‘Ambilaggaṃ vā madhuraggaṃ vā’’ (saṃ. ni. 5.374) ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vihāraggena vā pariveṇaggena vā bhājetu’’ntiādīsu (cūḷava. 318) koṭṭhāse. ‘‘Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā…pe… tathāgato tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.34) seṭṭhe. Svāyamidha seṭṭhe daṭṭhabbo. Koṭiyampi vattati. Thero attano ṭhāne seṭṭho ceva koṭibhūto ca. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘agganikkhitto’’ti, aggo seṭṭho koṭibhūtoti attho (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.250 saraṇagamanakathā; pārā. aṭṭha. 1.15). Thomitoti pasaṃsito devamanussādīhi. Satthu vaṇṇitoti satthārā vaṇṇito thuto, ‘‘kassapo, bhikkhave, candūpamo kulāni upasaṅkamati apakasseva kāyaṃ apakassa cittaṃ niccanavako kulesu appagabbho’’ti evamādīhi anekehi suttanayehi (saṃ. ni. 2.146) vaṇṇito pasattho, sopi bhagavantaṃ vandatīti attho.
60 「天眼者中」(Dibbacakkhūnaṃ):凡拥有天眼者,称为天眼者;在这些拥有天眼的比丘中,他是最上、最胜的,这就是意思。正如所说:“诸比丘,在我的声闻比丘弟子中,天眼第一者,即阿那律。”(增支部1.188,192)阿那律长老是世尊的小叔父——一位名叫阿弥陀丹的释迦族人的儿子,是摩诃男的弟弟,拥有大福德,身体极度娇贵。他带着以自己为首的七人,从俗家出离,步入了无家的出家生活。他出家的经历顺序,记载在《破僧犍度》中。「在不远处」(Avidūre vā):指就在世尊的跟前。显示巴利原文
60.Dibbacakkhūnanti dibbaṃ cakkhu yesaṃ atthi te dibbacakkhū, tesaṃ dibbacakkhūnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aggo seṭṭhoti attho. Yathāha – ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dibbacakkhukānaṃ yadidaṃ anuruddho’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 192). Anuruddhatthero bhagavato cūḷapituno amitodanassa nāma sakkassa putto mahānāmassa kaniṭṭhabhātā mahāpuñño paramasukhumālo, so attasattamo nikkhamitvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito, tassa pabbajjānukkamo saṅghabhedakakkhandhake (cūḷava. 330 ādayo) āgatova. Avidūre vāti bhagavato santikeyeva.
61 「于犯与不犯」(Āpattianāpattiyā):指对什么是犯戒行(āpatti)、什么是不犯戒行(anāpatti)非常精通熟练。「于有对治之法」(Satekicchāyā):指对于可行忏悔还净的罪(sappaṭikammā)与不可行忏悔还净的罪(appaṭikammā)也都精通。这里面,可行忏悔还净的罪有六种,不可行忏悔还净的罪就是波罗夷(pārājikāpatti)这种重罪。还有一种读法是“Āpattianāpattiyā, satekicchāya kovido”,意思完全一样。「于律」(Vinaye):是指在律藏(vinayapiṭake)方面。「被列为第一」(Agganikkhitto):意思是“诸比丘,在我的声闻比丘弟子中,持律第一者,即优波离”(增支部1.219,228),就这样被安立在了最上的位置(etadaggaṭṭhāne),这就是意思。「优波离」(Upālī):指优波离长老。「被导师称扬者」(Satthu vaṇṇito):被导师所称扬、所赞叹。据说,这位长老确实是在如来(tathāgata)的座前精通了律藏后,将“巴鲁迦贾卡事”、“阿朱卡事”和“童子迦叶事”这三件事,与佛陀的一切知智(sabbaññutaññāṇa)相互对照印证后才宣说出来。因此,这位长老被说是持律第一等等,以这样的方式被导师称扬。显示巴利原文
61.Āpattianāpattiyāti āpattiyañca anāpattiyañca kovido. Satekicchāyāti sappaṭikammāyapi appaṭikammāyapi cāti attho. Tattha sappaṭikammā sā chabbidhā hoti, appaṭikammā sā pārājikāpatti. ‘‘Āpattianāpattiyā, satekicchāya kovido’’tipi pāṭho, soyeva attho. Vinayeti vinayapiṭake. Agganikkhittoti ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave , mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ, upālī’’ti (a. ni. 1.219, 228) etadaggaṭṭhāne ṭhapitoti attho. Upālīti upālitthero. Satthu vaṇṇitoti satthārā vaṇṇito pasattho. Thero kira tathāgatasseva santike vinayapiṭakaṃ uggaṇhitvā bhārukacchakavatthuṃ (pārā. 78), ajjukavatthuṃ (pārā. 158), kumārakassapavatthunti (ma. ni. 1.249) imāni tīṇi vatthūni sabbaññutaññāṇena saddhiṃ saṃsanditvā kathesi. Tasmā thero vinayadharānaṃ aggoti evamādinā nayena satthārā vaṇṇitoti vutto.
62 「通达微细难见之义」(Sukhumanipuṇatthapaṭividdho):意谓他已通达极为微细、极难见的深义,故称通达微细难见之义者。「说法者中最胜」(Kathikānaṃ pavaro):即在说法比丘中最为殊胜。如经云:“诸比丘,我诸声闻比丘中,说法第一者,即满慈子。”(增支部1.188,196)此语出于最上之列的经文,故说他是说法者中最胜。「拥有众徒」(Gaṇī):指他拥有随行的僧团。相传在长老座下出家的善家子弟曾有五百人,他们全都出生于十力(世尊)的诞生地,是他的同乡,且皆为诸漏尽者,亦皆获得十种论事。因此,他被说为拥有众徒。「仙人」(Isī):因他寻求、追求诸善法,故称为仙人。「曼达尼女之子」(Mantāṇiyā putto):即那位名为曼达尼的婆罗门女之子。「满慈」(Puṇṇo)是他的名字。显示巴利原文
62.Sukhumanipuṇatthapaṭividdhoti paṭividdhasukhumanipuṇattho, paṭividdhaduddasanipuṇatthoti attho. Kathikānaṃ pavaroti dhammakathikānaṃ seṭṭho. ‘‘Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammakathikānaṃ yadidaṃ puṇṇo mantāṇiputto’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 196) etadaggapāḷiyaṃ āropito. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘kathikānaṃ pavaro’’ti. Gaṇīti sasaṅgho. Therassa kira santike pabbajitā kulaputtā pañcasatā ahesuṃ. Sabbepi te dasabalassa jātabhūmikā jātaraṭṭhavāsino sabbeva khīṇāsavā sabbeva dasakathāvatthulābhino. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘gaṇī’’ti. Isīti esati gavesati kusale dhammeti isi. Mantāṇiyā puttoti mantāṇiyā nāma brāhmaṇiyā putto. Puṇṇoti tassa nāmaṃ. Vissutoti attano appicchatādīhi guṇehi vissuto.
此外,阿若·憍陈如长老的事迹:导师证得正自觉、转动胜妙法轮后,次第游化,至依止王舍城而住。那时,憍陈如长老来到迦毗罗卫,度化了自己的外甥——一位名叫富楼那的童子出家,随后礼敬世尊并告假,为独居修行,自己去了六牙湖。富楼那则随长老一同拜见世尊后,心想:“我当把出家应做之事修至顶峰,再去亲近十力(世尊)。”于是他留在迦毗罗卫城,如理作意,不久便证得阿拉汉果,之后才前往世尊座前。然而,将阿那律长老与优波离长老二位,描述为在进入迦毗罗卫城参加亲族聚会之日便已出家,此说与《犍度》正文及注释书不合,对此应审细研讨后而定论。显示巴利原文
Aññāsikoṇḍaññatthero pana satthari abhisambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakke anupubbena āgantvā rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharante kapilavatthuṃ āgantvā attano bhāgineyyaṃ puṇṇaṃ nāma māṇavaṃ pabbājetvā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā āpucchitvā nivāsatthāya sayaṃ chaddantadahaṃ gato. Puṇṇo pana bhagavantaṃ dassanāya therena saddhiṃ āgantvā – ‘‘mayhaṃ pabbajitakiccaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvāva dasabalassa santikaṃ gamissāmī’’ti kapilapureyeva ohīno, so yonisomanasikāraṃ karonto nacirasseva arahattaṃ patvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkami. Ettha pana anuruddhatthero ca upālitthero ca ime dve therā bhagavato kapilavatthupuraṃ pavisitvā ñātisamāgamadivase pabbajitā viya dassitā, taṃ pana khandhakapāḷiyā aṭṭhakathāya ca na sameti. Vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.
于是,导师洞察以舍利弗长老为首的五百位比丘的心行,便开始宣说自身功德。所以说:显示巴利原文
Atha satthā sāriputtattherādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ cittācāramaññāya attano guṇe kathetumārabhi. Tena vuttaṃ –
“了知这些比丘的心念后,善巧譬喻的牟尼”
“那位断除疑惑者、大雄,宣说了自己的德行。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Etesaṃ cittamaññāya, opammakusalo muni; Kaṅkhacchedo mahāvīro, kathesi attano guṇa’’nti.
其中,「opammakusaloti」(善说譬喻者)意指善于运用譬喻之人。「kaṅkhacchedo」(断除疑惑者)意指能断除一切众生心中疑惑之人。显示巴利原文
Tattha opammakusaloti upamāya kusalo. Kaṅkhacchedoti sabbasattānaṃ saṃsayacchedako.
现在,他讲述了自己的功德。为显示这些功德,他说道:显示巴利原文
Idāni te attano guṇe kathesi, te dassetuṃ –
“有四种是无法计数的(asaṅkhyeyyā),它们的尽头(koṭi)没办法知道;
就是:有情身(sattakāyo)、虚空(ākāso)、轮围界(cakkavāḷā),以及无边的世界(anantakā);
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cattāro te asaṅkhyeyyā, koṭi yesaṃ na nāyati; Sattakāyo ca ākāso, cakkavāḷā canantakā;
「佛陀智是不可测量的,他们不能了知此事」(Buddhañāṇaṃ appameyyaṃ, na sakkā ete vijānituṃ)。——如此说。显示巴利原文
Buddhañāṇaṃ appameyyaṃ, na sakkā ete vijānitu’’nti. – vuttaṃ;
其中,「四者」是对数量的限定。「这些」指示将述之义。「不可计数」:因无法计数而名不可计数,即超越计数之法,以俱胝等为其边际界限。「那些」即指此四种不可计数。「不被了知」:即不被了知。今为显示上述四种不可计数,而说「众生蕴集」等。「众生蕴集」:谓众生之集合,此蕴集无尽、无量、不可测度。同样,「虚空」亦无边际。同样,「轮围世界」亦无穷尽。「佛陀智」:即一切知智,不可测度。「不能了知这些」:以彼皆无尽故,不能了知。显示巴利原文
Tattha cattāroti gaṇanaparicchedo. Eteti idāni vattabbe atthe nidasseti. Asaṅkhyeyyāti saṅkhyātumasakkuṇeyyattā asaṅkhyeyyā, gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattāti attho. Koṭītiādi vā anto vā mariyādā. Yesanti yesaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ. Na nāyatīti na paññāyati. Idāni te vuttappakāre cattāro asaṅkhyeyye dassetuṃ ‘‘sattakāyo’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Sattakāyoti sattasamūho, sattakāyo ananto aparimāṇo appameyyo. Tathā ākāso ākāsassāpi anto natthi. Tathā cakkavāḷāni anantāni eva. Buddhañāṇaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ appameyyaṃ. Na sakkā ete vijānitunti yasmā panete anantā, tasmā na sakkā vijānituṃ.
65 此时,世尊为那些对自身所现神通心生稀有奇妙的天人众等,进一步开示更殊胜之法,便展开说道:「这算得什么稀有?还有比此更为殊胜的稀有奇妙之事,你们且听我说。」显示巴利原文
65. Idāni satthā attano iddhivikubbane sañjātacchariyabbhutānaṃ devamanussādīnaṃ kinnāmetaṃ acchariyaṃ, itopi visiṭṭhataraṃ acchariyaṃ abbhutaṃ atthi, mama taṃ suṇāthāti dhammadesanaṃ vaḍḍhento –
“还有其他众多稀有、奇妙且令人汗毛竖立之事。”——他这样开示道。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kimetaṃ acchariyaṃ loke, yaṃ me iddhivikubbanaṃ; Aññe bahū acchariyā, abbhutā lomahaṃsanā’’ti. – ādimāha;
在此,“什么”(kiṃ)一词是表示否定的用语。“这”(etaṃ),是针对那神变示现而说。“哪个”(yaṃ),这个 yaṃ 字,在“我们所问的,你未说;我们另问一事,请你说那个吧”(yaṃ taṃ apucchimha akittayī no, aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma tadiṅgha brūhi)等处(《经集》1058;《大义释》110;《小义释·慈爱童子问》77),是以受格出现的。在“比丘们,这是非处(aṭṭhāna)、无机会的:即在一个世界界中,有两位阿拉汉、正自觉者同时出现”(《增支部》1.277;《分别》809;《弥兰陀王问经》5.1.1)中,是以原因格出现的。在“毗婆尸世尊(vipassī bhagavā)出现于劫中”(《长部》2.4)等处,是以位格出现的。在“尊者,我于三十三天处,从诸天当面听闻、当面领受,我今向世尊禀告”(《长部》2.293)等处,是以主格出现的。此处,亦应视为主格(《长部注》2.4)。这里所表明的是:“我的其他诸多稀有、奇妙、殊胜之事是存在的。”显示巴利原文
Tattha kinti paṭikkhepavacanaṃ.Etanti idaṃ iddhivikubbanaṃ sandhāyāha. Yanti ayaṃ yaṃ-saddo ‘‘yaṃ taṃ apucchimha akittayī no, aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma tadiṅgha brūhī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 1058; mahāni. 110; cūḷani. mettagūmāṇavapucchā 77) upayogavacane dissati . ‘‘Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso; yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā’’ti (a. ni. 1.277; vibha. 809; mi. pa. 5.1.1) ettha kāraṇavacane. ‘‘Yaṃ vipassī bhagavā kappe udapādī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.4) ettha bhumme. ‘‘Yaṃ kho me, bhante, devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ārocemi taṃ bhagavato’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.293) paccattavacane. Idhāpi paccattavacane daṭṭhabbo (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.4). Aññe bahū mama acchariyā abbhutavisesā santīti dīpeti.
于今,为开显彼诸稀有之事,他说:显示巴利原文
Idāni te acchariye dassento –
那时我在兜率天身中(tusite kāye),我的名字叫善足(santusito),
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yadāhaṃ tusite kāye, santusito nāmahaṃ tadā;
一万世界里的天神们聚集起来(dasasahassī samāgamma),合掌向我请求(yācanti pañjalī mamaṃ)。”——这样开示。显示巴利原文
Dasasahassī samāgamma, yācanti pañjalī mama’’nti. – ādimāha;
这里的“那时”是指那个时刻。“我”是世尊指称自己。“在兜率天身中”即是在名为兜率天的天趣中。然而,当我圆满了三十种波罗蜜,行过五种大舍,圆满了利益亲族之行、利益世间之行与利益佛果之行,达到究竟;作了七百次大布施,七度令大地震动,从善施太子之身逝去后,在第二个心识刹那结生于兜率天宫时,那时我也成为名为“善足”的天王。“一万世界聚集”是指一万轮围世界的诸天神都聚集起来。“合掌向我请求”是说他们来到我面前,合掌请求道:“贤者,您圆满十波罗蜜,并非为了帝释的成就,不是为了魔的成就,不是为了梵天的成就,也不是为了转轮王的成就而期求;您是为了度脱世间、渴望成佛才去圆满的。现在正是您的时候,贤者,是成佛的时机,贤者,是获得佛果的时机。”(《本生注》1.因缘谭·不远因缘谭)他们这样前来请求我。因此说道:显示巴利原文
Tattha yadāti yasmiṃ kāle. Ahanti attānaṃ niddisati. Tusite kāyeti tusitasaṅkhāte devanikāye. Yadā panāhaṃ samattiṃsapāramiyo pūretvā pañcamahāpariccāge pariccajitvā ñātatthacariyalokatthacariyabuddhatthacariyānaṃ koṭiṃ patvā sattasatakamahādānāni datvā sattakkhattuṃ pathaviṃ kampetvā vessantarattabhāvato cavitvā dutiye cittavāre tusitabhavane nibbatto tadāpi santusito nāma devarājā ahosiṃ. Dasasahassī samāgammāti dasasahassacakkavāḷesu devatā sannipatitvāti attho. Yācanti pañjalī mamanti maṃ upasaṅkamitvā, ‘‘mārisa, tayā dasa pāramiyo pūrentena na sakkasampattiṃ na māra na brahma na cakkavattisampattiṃ patthentena pūritā, lokanittharaṇatthāya pana buddhattaṃ patthayamānena pūritā, so tava kālo, mārisa, buddhattāya samayo , mārisa, buddhattāyā’’ti (jā. aṭṭha. 1.nidānakathā, avidūrenidānakathā) yācanti mamanti. Tena vuttaṃ –
“大雄,您的时机已经来到,请入母胎吧;”
你正度脱着包含天神的世间,请觉悟那不死之境吧!
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kālo kho te mahāvīra, uppajja mātukucchiyaṃ; Sadevakaṃ tārayanto, bujjhassu amataṃ pada’’nti.
此处“时到你”(kālo te)意即“你的时机已至”(kālo tava),亦可依此读之。“出现吧”(Uppajja):意为“去取结生吧”,另有读作“降入吧”(okkamāti)的。“含天神的”(Sadevakaṃ):指包括天神在内的世间。“度脱着”(Tārayanto):在此,纵然是圆满诸波罗蜜时,也名度脱;令波罗蜜达至顶点,也名度脱;从毗输安怛罗身命终后,于兜率天宫取结生,并安住彼处五十七亿又六十万年,也名度脱;受诸天劝请,观察五种大观察之后,入摩诃摩耶夫人胎中取结生,经历十月住胎,也名度脱;在俗家安住二十九年,也名度脱;在罗睺罗王子诞生之日,以车匿为伴,乘犍陟马出离,越过三座王国,于阿耨摩河畔出家,也名度脱;六年精勤苦行后,于毗舍佉月满月之日登上大菩提座,摧破魔军,初夜分随念宿住,中夜分得清净天眼,后夜分顺逆观察十二支缘起而证悟入流道,也名度脱;在入流果刹那、一来道刹那、一来果刹那、不来道刹那、不来果刹那……显示巴利原文
Tattha kālo teti kālo tava, ayameva vā pāṭho. Uppajjāti paṭisandhiṃ gaṇha, ‘‘okkamā’’tipi pāṭho. Sadevakanti sadevakaṃ lokanti attho. Tārayantoti ettha pāramiyo pūrentopi tārayati nāma, pāramiyo matthakaṃ pāpentopi tārayati nāma, vessantarattabhāvato cavitvā tusitapure paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā saṭṭhivassasatasahassādhikāni sattapaṇṇāsavassakoṭiyo tattha tiṭṭhantopi tārayati nāma, devatāhi yācito pañcavidhaṃ mahāvilokitaṃ viloketvā mahāmāyādeviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhantopi dasamāse gabbhavāsaṃ vasantopi tārayati nāma, ekūnatiṃsa vassāni agāramajjhe tiṭṭhantopi tārayati nāma. Rāhulabhaddassa jātadivase channasahāyo kaṇḍakaṃ āruyha nikkhamantopi tīṇi rajjāni atikkamitvā anomāya nāma nadiyā tīre pabbajantopi tārayati nāma, chabbassāni padhānaṃ karontopi visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ mahābodhimaṇḍaṃ āruyha mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsaṃ anussaritvā majjhimayāme dibbacakkhuṃ visodhetvā pacchimayāme dvādasaṅgaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomato sammasitvā sotāpattimaggaṃ paṭivijjhantopi tārayati nāma, sotāpattiphalakkhaṇepi, sakadāgāmimaggakkhaṇepi, sakadāgāmiphalakkhaṇepi, anāgāmimaggakkhaṇepi, anāgāmiphalakkhaṇepi, arahattamaggakkhaṇepi, arahattaphalakkhaṇepi tārayati nāma, yadā aṭṭhārasadevatākoṭisahassehi pañcavaggiyānaṃ amatapānaṃ adāsi, tato paṭṭhāya tārayi nāmāti vuccati. Tena vuttaṃ –
‘‘Sadevakaṃ tārayanto, bujjhassu amataṃ pada’’nti.
那时,菩萨虽受天众劝请,却未立即应许,而是先就时、大洲、方域、族姓、母亲及寿命这五个方面,作名为“大观察”的观察。其中,首先观察“此时是时,抑或非时?”在此,人寿超过十万岁时,不名为时。何以故?因为那时生、老、死等相尚不明显,而诸佛的教法无不宣说三法印;若对他们说“无常、苦、无我”,人们便会想:“这些人在说些什么?”不能信受,因此无法证悟。既无证悟,教法便不能引导众生出离生死,所以那并非时。人寿少于百岁,亦非其时。何以故?因为那时的众生烦恼极重,为烦恼极重者施设教诫,教诫便不能安立,所以那也非时。从人寿十万岁往下,到人寿百岁以上之间的寿量,方名为时。而今人寿恰好百岁,菩萨由此了知:“此乃应当诞生之时。”显示巴利原文
Atha mahāsatto devatāhi yāciyamānopi devatānaṃ paṭiññaṃ adatvāva kāladīpadesakulajanettiāyuparicchedavasena pañcavidhaṃ mahāvilokanaṃ nāma vilokesi. Tattha ‘‘kālo nu kho, na kālo’’ti paṭhamaṃ kālaṃ vilokesi. Tattha vassasatasahassato uddhaṃ āyukālo kālo nāma na hoti. Kasmā? Jātijarāmaraṇādīnaṃ apākaṭattā, buddhānañca dhammadesanā nāma tilakkhaṇamuttā nāma natthi, tesaṃ aniccaṃ dukkhamanattāti kathentānaṃ ‘‘kinnāmete kathentī’’ti na saddahanti, tato abhisamayo na hoti, tasmiṃ asati aniyyānikaṃ sāsanaṃ hoti . Tasmā so akālo. Vassasatato ūno āyukālopi kālo na hoti. Kasmā? Tadā sattā ussannakilesā honti, ussannakilesānañca dinno ovādo ovādaṭṭhāne na tiṭṭhati, tasmā sopi akālo. Vassasatasahassato paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā vassasatato paṭṭhāya uddhaṃ āyukālo kālo nāma. Idāni vassasatāyukā manussāti atha bodhisatto ‘‘nibbattitabbakālo’’ti addasa.
然后观察大洲,见到“诸佛唯生赡部洲洲”,于是见洲。然而赡部洲洲方圆一万由旬,极其广大,“究竟在哪个方域诸佛诞生呢?”观察方域时,见到了中央地区。接着观察族姓,见到“诸佛必定生于世间公认的族姓。如今刹帝利族姓为世间所公认,我将生于彼处,净饭王将成为我的父亲。”这样观察了族姓。接着观察母亲,见到“佛母必定不会轻浮、放荡或放逸,其戒蕴必定圆满无缺。这位名为摩诃摩耶的王后,戒行清净圆满,她将成为我的母亲。她的寿量还有多少?”如此推度时,见到还有十个月零七天。如是,作了五种大观察之后,便应允天众说:“善哉,诸天众,我成佛之时已至。”住在彼处直至寿尽,从彼处命终之后,便在释迦族摩耶夫人的母胎中结生。因此这样说——显示巴利原文
Tato dīpaṃ olokento ‘‘jambudīpeyeva buddhā nibbattantī’’ti dīpaṃ passi. Tato jambudīpo nāma mahā dasayojanasahassaparimāṇo, katarasmiṃ nu kho padese buddhā nibbattantī’’ti desaṃ vilokento majjhimadesaṃ passi. Tato kulaṃ vilokento ‘‘buddhā nāma lokasammate kule nibbattanti, idāni khattiyakulaṃ lokasammataṃ, tattha nibbattissāmi, suddhodano nāma me rājā pitā bhavissatī’’ti kulaṃ addasa. Tato mātaraṃ vilokento ‘‘buddhamātā nāma lolā surādhuttā na hoti, akhaṇḍapañcasīlāti ayañca mahāmāyā nāma devī edisā, ayaṃ me mātā bhavissatīti kittakaṃ assā āyū’’ti āvajjento dasannaṃ māsānaṃ upari sattadivasāni passi. Iti imaṃ pañcavidhavilokanaṃ viloketvā – ‘‘kālo me, mārisa, buddhabhāvāyā’’ti devatānaṃ paṭiññaṃ datvā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā tato cavitvā sakyarājakule māyādeviyā kucchiyaṃ paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi (jā. aṭṭha. 1.nidānakathā, avidūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.nidānakathā, avidūrenidānakathā). Tena vuttaṃ –
从兜率天身没后,当他降入母胎时,
此一万世界之大地,悉皆震动。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tusitā kāyā cavitvāna, yadā okkami kucchiyaṃ; Dasasahassīlokadhātu, kampittha dharaṇī tadā’’ti. – ādi;
此处,“降入”(okkami):意即“我降入,我进入”。“于胎”(kucchiyanti):意为“于母胎中”。“一万世界……震动”(Dasasahassīlokadhātu, kampitthāti):指正念正知的菩萨降入母胎时,以十九种结生心中,与具慈心前分、悦俱、智相应、无行之善心相似的广大异熟心,于頞沙荼月满月之日——正值郁多罗頞沙荼星宿——取结生。其时,一万世界悉皆震动、晃动、强烈震动,是故说为“震动”。“大地”(Dharaṇī):能持一切有情与非有情,故称“能持者”,即大地。显示巴利原文
Tattha okkamīti okkamiṃ pāvisiṃ. Kucchiyanti mātukucchimhi. Dasasahassīlokadhātu, kampitthāti sato sampajāno pana bodhisatto mātukucchiṃ okkamanto ekūnavīsatiyā paṭisandhicittesu mettāpubbabhāgassa somanassasahagatañāṇasampayuttaasaṅkhārikakusalacittassa sadisa mahāvipākacittena āsāḷhipuṇṇamāyaṃ uttarāsāḷhanakkhatteneva paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Tadā dasasahassīlokadhātu sakalāpi kampi saṅkampi sampakampīti attho. Dharaṇīti dhāreti sabbe thāvarajaṅgameti dharaṇī, pathavī.
69 对于“正念正知地出胎”(Sampajānova nikkhaminti):当我正念正知地从母胎出来时,就像说法师从法座下来,又如人从阶梯下来,伸展两手两脚,站着出来,不为任何母胎所生的不净所染。“发出善哉之声”:即他们发出“善哉”之声,施与赞叹。“震动”:即震动,在入胎与出母胎时,一万世界皆悉震动。显示巴利原文
69.Sampajānova nikkhaminti ettha yadā panāhaṃ sato sampajānova mātukucchito dhammāsanato otaranto dhammakathiko viya nisseṇito otaranto puriso viya ca dve hatthe ca pāde ca pasāretvā ṭhitakova mātukucchisambhavena kenaci asucinā amakkhitova nikkhamiṃ. Sādhukāraṃ pavattentīti sādhukāraṃ pavattayanti, sādhukāraṃ dentīti attho. Pakampitthāti kampittha, okkamanepi mātukucchito nikkhamanepi dasasahassī pakampitthāti attho.
70 那时,世尊于入胎等事未见与自己同等者,为显示自己在入胎等事上的稀有,便说了“没有与我等同的入胎者”这首偈颂。其中,“入胎”(okkanti):指入胎,此处以主格形式表达处格之义,意为“在结生时”。“我”(me):即“于我”。“等同”(samo):即无有等同者。“从母胎生”(jātito):此处,母亲因他而生,故称母亲为“生处”(jātī),因此“从生处”(jātito)意为从母亲,即从母胎出生。对于“出离”(abhinikkhameti):即从母胎出离,也就是即将诞生。对于“正觉”(sambodhiyanti):此处,殊胜美好的菩提称为“正觉”(sambodhi)。而“菩提”(bodhi)这个词,可指树木、道、涅槃、一切知智等。例如在“于菩提树下,初成正觉”(《大品》1;《优陀那》1)及“在伽耶与菩提之间”(《中部》1.285; 2.341;《大品》11)这些出处中,树被称为菩提。在“菩提,即于四道中的智”(《小尼柯耶·犀角经义释》121)的出处中,指的显示巴利原文
70. Atha bhagavā gabbhokkantiādīsu attanā samasamaṃ adisvā gabbhokkantiādīsu attano acchariyadassanatthaṃ ‘‘okkanti me samo natthī’’ti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tattha okkantīti gabbhokkantiyaṃ, bhummatthe paccattavacanaṃ, paṭisandhiggahaṇeti attho. Meti mayā. Samoti sadiso natthi. Jātitoti ettha jāyati etāya mātuyāti mātā ‘‘jātī’’ti vuccati, tato jātito mātuyāti attho. Abhinikkhameti mātukucchito abhinikkhamane pasave satīti attho. Sambodhiyanti ettha pasatthā sundarā bodhi sambodhi. Ayaṃ pana bodhi-saddo rukkhamagganibbānasabbaññutaññāṇādīsu dissati – ‘‘bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho’’ti (mahāva. 1; udā. 1) ca, ‘‘antarā ca gayaṃ antarā ca bodhi’’nti (ma. ni. 1.285; 2.341; mahāva. 11) ca āgataṭṭhāne hi rukkho bodhīti vuccati. ‘‘Bodhi vuccati catūsu maggesu ñāṇa’’nti (cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 121) āgataṭṭhāne maggo. ‘‘Patvāna bodhiṃ amataṃ asaṅkhata’’nti āgataṭṭhāne nibbānaṃ. ‘‘Pappoti bodhiṃ varabhūrimedhaso’’ti (dī. ni. 3.217) āgataṭṭhāne sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Idha pana bhagavato arahattamaggañāṇaṃ adhippetaṃ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.13; pārā. aṭṭha. 1.11; udā. aṭṭha. 20; cariyā. aṭṭha. nidānakathā). Apare ‘‘sabbaññutaññāṇa’’ntipi vadanti, tassaṃ sambodhiyaṃ ahaṃ seṭṭhoti attho.
那么,世尊为什么借着正觉来称赞自己呢?因为正觉能带来一切功德。世尊的正觉确实能赐予一切功德,毫不遗漏地给予佛的一切功德,而不会给别人。对于其他人,有的阿拉汉道只带来阿拉汉果,有的带来三明,有的带来六通,有的带来四无碍解,有的带来声闻波罗蜜智,独觉佛的道只带来辟支菩提智。可是对于佛陀,正觉能成就一切功德。因此,世尊因为正觉能带来一切功德,而称赞自己“于正觉中,我是最上”。再者,他震动大地而证得正觉,所以他也说“于正觉中,我是最上”。 「转法轮」——这里,“法轮”有两种:证悟智和教说智。其中,靠智慧成就、为自己带来圣果的,是证悟智;靠悲悯成就、为声闻们带来圣果的,是教说智。证悟智是出世间的善法,与舍俱行,无寻无伺;教说智是世间的无记法。而这两种智都是别人所没有的。但在这里,指的主要是教说智。(《无碍解道注》2.2.44)显示巴利原文
Kasmā pana bhagavā sambodhiṃ paṭicca attānaṃ pasaṃsatīti? Sabbaguṇadāyakattā. Bhagavato hi sambodhi sabbaguṇadāyikā sabbepi niravasese buddhaguṇe dadāti, na pana aññesaṃ. Aññesaṃ pana kassaci arahattamaggo arahattaphalameva deti, kassaci tisso vijjā, kassaci cha abhiññā, kassaci catasso paṭisambhidā, kassaci sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ, paccekabuddhānaṃ paccekabodhiñāṇameva deti. Buddhānaṃ pana sabbaguṇasampattiṃ deti. Tasmā bhagavā sabbaguṇadāyakattā ‘‘sambodhiyaṃ ahaṃ seṭṭho’’ti attānaṃ pasaṃsati. Api ca bhūmiṃ cāletvā sambodhiṃ pāpuṇi, tasmā ‘‘sambodhiyaṃ ahaṃ seṭṭho’’ti vadati. Dhammacakkappavattaneti ettha dhammacakkaṃ pana duvidhaṃ hoti – paṭivedhañāṇañca desanāñāṇañcāti. Tattha paññāpabhāvitaṃ attano ariyaphalāvahaṃ paṭivedhañāṇaṃ, karuṇāpabhāvitaṃ sāvakānaṃ ariyaphalāvahaṃ desanāñāṇaṃ. Paṭivedhañāṇaṃ lokuttaraṃ kusalaṃ upekkhāsahagataṃ avitakkaavicāraṃ, desanāñāṇaṃ lokiyaṃ abyākataṃ , ubhayampi panetaṃ aññehi asādhāraṇaṃ. Idha pana desanāñāṇaṃ adhippetaṃ (paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.2.44).
71 那时,诸天听闻世尊入胎时大地震动等事迹,便诵出此偈:“啊!世间稀有!”其中,「诸佛功德之广大」意谓:啊!诸佛的功德何其广大!啊!诸佛的大威神力!「十千世界」中,「以六种方式震动」——在一万个轮围世界里,大地以六种方式震动、动摇。如何震动呢?东边升起,西边下沉;西边升起,东边下沉;北边升起,南边下沉;南边升起,北边下沉;中央升起,边缘下沉;边缘升起,中央下沉。如此六种方式,如同受风力所吹、波浪所荡的船,这厚达四那由他二十万由旬、承载水界的大地,虽无心却像有心一般,欢喜得仿佛舞蹈似地震动。「现起大光明」——意为出现了超越诸天威神的大光明。「稀有、令人身毛竖立」——意为既稀有又令人身毛竖立。显示巴利原文
71. Idāni bhagavato gabbhokkamaneva pathavikampanādikaṃ pavattiṃ sutvā ‘‘aho acchariyaṃ loke’’ti devatāhi ayaṃ gāthā vuttā. Tattha buddhānaṃ guṇamahantatāti aho buddhānaṃ guṇamahantabhāvo, aho buddhānaṃ mahānubhāvoti attho dasasahassīlokadhātu, chappakāraṃ pakampathāti dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu mahāpathavī chappakāraṃ pakampittha calittha. Kathaṃ? Puratthimato unnamati pacchimato onamati, pacchimato unnamati puratthimato onamati, uttarato unnamati dakkhiṇato onamati, dakkhiṇato unnamati uttarato onamati, majjhimato unnamati pariyantato onamati, pariyantato unnamati majjhimato onamatīti evaṃ chappakāraṃ anilabalacalitajalataraṅgabhaṅgasaṅghaṭṭitā viya nāvā catunahutādhikadviyojanasatasahassabahalā pathavisandhārakajalapariyantā acetanāpi samānā sacetanā viya ayaṃ mahāpathavī pītiyā naccantī viya akampitthāti attho. Obhāsoca mahā āsīti atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ uḷāro obhāso ahosīti attho. Accheraṃ lomahaṃsananti accherañca lomahaṃsanañca ahosīti attho.
72 此时,当地震动、光明出现等稀有景象正在发生时,为了显示世尊的行迹,便诵出“世尊于彼时……”等偈颂。其中,「世间至尊」指世间最上者。「对含天神的世界」——指对包含天神在内的世间,应理解为所有格用作宾格的意义(即“对……世间”)。「示现者」指显示神变者。显示巴利原文
72. Idāni pathavikampanālokapātubhāvādīsu acchariyesu vattamānesu bhagavato pavattidassanatthaṃ ‘‘bhagavā tamhi samaye’’tiādigāthāyo vuttā. Tattha lokajeṭṭhoti lokaseṭṭho. Sadevakanti sadevakassa lokassa, sāmiatthe upayogavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Dassayantoti pāṭihāriyaṃ dassento.
73 「正在经行」——在那覆盖了一万个世界、安立其上的宝经行道上,世尊一面经行,一面说法。「世界导师」——接着,导师如同在石板台上作狮子吼的狮子般吼叫,又如雨云般轰鸣,亦如倾泻天河之水,以具足八支、悦耳可爱又动听的梵音,宣说了种种理趣、与四圣谛相系、以三特相庄严的甘美法谈。显示巴利原文
73.Caṅkamantovāti dasalokadhātusahassāni ajjhottharitvā ṭhite tasmiṃ ratanamaye caṅkame caṅkamamānova kathesi. Lokanāyakoti atha satthā manosilātale sīhanādaṃ nadanto sīho viya gajjanto pāvussakamegho viya ca ākāsagaṅgaṃ otārento viya ca aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatena (dī. ni. 2.285, 301) savanīyena kamanīyena brahmassarena nānānayavicittaṃ catusaccapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ tilakkhaṇāhataṃ madhuradhammakathaṃ kathesīti attho.
“中间不折返”与“如同在四肘量的经行道上”——此处,由导师化现的那条宝经行道,一端位于东方轮围世界的边缘,另一端位于西方轮围世界的边缘,如是安立。导师在这条宝经行道上经行,到达两端才折返,未达两端的中途则不折返。正如在四肘长的经行道上经行之人,很快便到达两端而折返;在这极长的经行道上,他同样中途不折返——这便是其义。那么,世尊是否将长达一万由旬的经行道缩短了呢?还是示现了等大的“有身”?他并没有如此。诸佛的威神力不可思议。从阿迦尼吒天直至阿鼻地狱,皆化为同一平地;横向的十个千轮围世界,也都成为同一平地。天人得见人类,人类也得见天人。正如众人皆见自然经行一般,他们也如是得见世尊正在经行。然而,世尊一面经行,一面宣说法教,同时入于中间定。显示巴利原文
Antarā na nivatteti, catuhatthe caṅkame yathāti ettha satthārā pana nimmitassa tassa caṅkamassa ekā koṭi pācīnacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ ekā pacchimacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ evaṃ ṭhite tasmiṃ ratanacaṅkame caṅkamamāno satthā ubho koṭiyo patvāva nivattati, antarā ubho koṭiyo apatvā na nivattati. Yathā catuhatthappamāṇe caṅkame caṅkamamāno ubho koṭiyo sīghameva patvā nivattati, evaṃ antarā na nivattatīti attho. Kiṃ pana bhagavā dasasahassayojanappamāṇāyāmaṃ caṅkamaṃ rassamakāsi , tāvamahantaṃ vā attabhāvaṃ nimminīti? Na panevamakāsi. Acinteyyo buddhānaṃ buddhānubhāvo. Akaniṭṭhabhavanato paṭṭhāya yāva avīci, tāva ekaṅgaṇā ahosi. Tiriyato ca dasacakkavāḷasahassāni ekaṅgaṇāni ahesuṃ. Devā manusse passanti, manussāpi deve passanti. Yathā sabbe devamanussā pakatiyā caṅkamamānaṃ passanti, evaṃ bhagavantaṃ caṅkamamānaṃ passiṃsūti. Bhagavā pana caṅkamantova dhammaṃ deseti antarāsamāpattiñca samāpajjati.
那时,舍利弗尊者看见世尊:以无量时间所积善业力所生之殊胜身,庄严着三十二大人相,辉耀着八十种随形好,犹如秋时的满月,又如全然盛开、高百由旬的波利质多罗树,身量十八肘,身光一丈,光明晃耀,宛如一座行走的胜金山,以无与伦比的佛威仪、无与伦比的佛庄严姿容经行,为一万天众所围绕。见到之后,他想:“这整个一万世界都已聚集于此,这里必定将有重大说法。佛种姓的说法极有利益,能令众生于世尊生信。我应当从十力的发愿开始,请问佛种姓。”于是,他偏袒一肩,走近世尊,将十指光泽、如清净无垢莲花花蕾般的合掌置于头顶,问世尊:“大雄啊!您发愿的情形是怎样的?”等等。因此,如此说——显示巴利原文
Atha āyasmā sāriputto aparimitasamayasamupacitakusalabalajanitadvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇopasobhitaṃ asītānubyañjanavirājitaṃ varasarīraṃ saradasamaye paripuṇṇaṃ viya rajanikaraṃ sabbaphāliphullaṃ viya ca yojanasatubbedhaṃ pāricchattakaṃ aṭṭhārasaratanubbedhaṃ byāmappabhāparikkhepasassirikaṃ varakanakagirimiva jaṅgamaṃ anopamāya buddhalīḷāya anopamena buddhasirivilāsena caṅkamantaṃ dasasahassidevagaṇaparivutaṃ bhagavantaṃ addasa. Disvāna ayaṃ pana sakalāpi dasasahassī lokadhātu sannipatitā, mahatiyā panettha dhammadesanāya bhavitabbaṃ, buddhavaṃsadesanā pana bahūpakārā bhagavati pasādāvahā, yaṃnūnāhaṃ dasabalassa abhinīhārato paṭṭhāya buddhavaṃsaṃ paripuccheyya’’nti cintetvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā dasanakhasamujjalaṃ jalajāmalāvikala-kamala-makulasadisaṃ añjaliṃ sirasi katvā bhagavantaṃ ‘‘kīdiso te mahāvīrā’’tiādikaṃ paripucchi. Tena vuttaṃ –
舍利弗有大智慧,善巧于定与禅那,
已达智慧巴拉密,便向世间导师请问。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sāriputto mahāpañño, samādhijjhānakovido; Paññāya pāramippatto, pucchati lokanāyakaṃ.
‘‘Kīdiso te mahāvīra, abhinīhāro naruttama; Kamhi kāle tayā dhīra, patthitā bodhimuttamā’’ti. –
开头。这种“连结”叫什么?名为“请问连结”。因为连结有三种:请问连结、意乐连结、随法连结。其中,像“如是说时,有一位比丘问世尊:‘尊者,什么是此岸,什么是彼岸?’”(《相应部》4.241)这样,对于提问者,世尊予以解答的经典,应知即是“请问连结”。显示巴利原文
Ādi. Kā nāmāyaṃ anusandhīti? Pucchānusandhi nāma. Tisso hi anusandhiyo – pucchānusandhi ajjhāsayānusandhi yathānusandhīti. Tattha ‘‘evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, bhante, orimaṃ tīraṃ kiṃ pārimaṃ tīra’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.241) evaṃ pucchantānaṃ bhagavatā vissajjitasuttavasena pucchānusandhi veditabbā.
那时,有一位比丘心中生起了这样的寻思:“听说,色是无我,受是无我,想是无我,行是无我,识是无我,那么,无我所造作的业,将由什么我而受报呢?”当时,世尊以他的心感知那位比丘心中的寻思后,便对比丘们说:“比丘们,这确实是可能的情况:在此,会有某个无知的愚人,被无明所蒙蔽,怀着被渴爱支配的心,竟想超越导师的教法而认为:‘听说,色是无我,受是无我,想是无我,行是无我,识是无我,那么,无我所造作的业,将由什么我而受报呢?’……比丘们,你们认为如何,色是常还是无常?”如此,了知他人的意乐后,由世尊所说的,应知就是‘意乐连结’。显示巴利原文
‘‘Atha kho aññatarassa bhikkhuno evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi ‘iti kira, bho, rūpaṃ anattā, vedanā anattā, saññā anattā, saṅkhārā anattā, viññāṇaṃ anattā, anattakatāni kammāni kamattānaṃ phusissantī’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tassa bhikkhuno cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya bhikkhū āmantesi – ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati, yaṃ idhekacco moghapuriso avidvā avijjāgato taṇhādhipateyyena cetasā satthusāsanaṃ atidhāvitabbaṃ maññeyya ‘iti kira, bho, rūpaṃ anattā, vedanā anattā, saññā anattā, saṅkhārā anattā, viññāṇaṃ anattā, anattakatāni kammāni kamattānaṃ phusissantī’ti…pe… taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.90) evaṃ paresaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ viditvā bhagavatā vuttavasena ajjhāsayānusandhi veditabbā.
然而,对于最初开示所依据的那个法,在某些经中,会依据那个法的随顺法或以遮止法的方式出现后续的教导,依这些经而应知为‘随法连结’。因此,也称为‘请问连结’。显示巴利原文
Yena pana dhammena ādimhi desanā uṭṭhitā, tassa dhammassa anurūpadhammavasena vā paṭikkhepavasena vā yesu suttesu uparidesanā āgacchati, tesaṃ vasena yathānusandhi veditabbā. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pucchānusandhī’’ti.
其中,‘以慧到达彼岸者’,意思是到达了声闻波罗蜜智的顶点。‘请问’,即是提问。而这里所说的提问,有五种:未见解明而问、已见而合问、为断疑而问、为求认可而问、因欲说而问。那么,长老这一问是属于哪一种呢?因为这部《佛种姓》不是那些在十万劫又无数劫中积累福德资粮的独觉佛的境界,也不是那些在十万劫又无数劫中积累福德资粮的两位上首弟子,以及那些在十万劫中积累福德资粮的其余大弟子的境界,它唯独是一切知佛陀的境界。因此,应知长老的提问是‘未见解明而问’。显示巴利原文
Tattha paññāya pāramippattoti sāvakapāramiñāṇassa matthakaṃ patto. Pucchatīti apucchi. Tattha pucchā nāma adiṭṭhajotanāpucchā, diṭṭhasaṃsandanāpucchā, vimaticchedanāpucchā, anumatipucchā, kathetukamyatāpucchāti pañcavidhā hoti. Tatthāyaṃ therassa katamā pucchāti ce? Yasmā panāyaṃ buddhavaṃso kappasatasahassādhikaasaṅkhyeyyopacitapuññasambhārānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ kappasatasahassādhikaasaṅkhyeyyopacitapuññasambhārānaṃ dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānañca kappasatasahassopacitapuññasambhārānaṃ sesamahāsāvakānaṃ vā avisayo, sabbaññubuddhānaṃyeva visayo, tasmā therassa adiṭṭhajotanā pucchāti veditabbā.
“怎样的”是提问的句式,意为“什么样子”。“你的”即你的。“志求”:所谓志求,是为了成就佛果而系心一处,决意“若未得成佛之授记,终不从此卧处起身”,依凭精进而安卧不懈。所以说——显示巴利原文
Kīdisoti pucchanākāro, kiṃpakāroti attho. Teti tava. Abhinīhāroti abhinīhāro nāma buddhabhāvatthaṃ mānasaṃ bandhitvā ‘‘buddhabyākaraṇaṃ aladdhā na uṭṭhahissāmī’’ti vīriyamadhiṭṭhāya nipajjanaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ –
‘‘Kīdiso te mahāvīra, abhinīhāro naruttamā’’ti.
“在何时”即在那时。“愿求”即希望、渴望。这是问:以“我是佛,应令觉悟;我是解脱者,应令解脱”等方式,为了成就佛果而发愿,是在何时所作?“菩提”指正等正觉,这是阿罗汉道智与一切知智的别名。“无上”,因为胜于声闻菩提与辟支菩提,故说为无上。其间所带的“m”字是连音字。显示巴利原文
Kamhi kāleti tasmiṃ kāle. Patthitāti icchitā abhikaṅkhitā, ‘‘buddho bodheyyaṃ mutto moceyya’’ntiādinā nayena buddhabhāvāya paṇidhānaṃ kadā katanti apucchi. Bodhīti sammāsambodhi, arahattamaggañāṇassa ca sabbaññutaññāṇassa cetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Uttamāti sāvakabodhipaccekabodhīhi seṭṭhattā uttamāti vuttā. Ubhinnamantarā ma-kāro padasandhikaro.
现在,询问成佛之法:显示巴利原文
Idāni buddhabhāvakārake dhamme pucchanto –
‘‘Dānaṃ sīlañca nekkhammaṃ, paññāvīriyañca kīdisaṃ; Khantisaccamadhiṭṭhānaṃ, mettupekkhā ca kīdisā.
“近波罗蜜如何圆满?究竟义波罗蜜又是如何圆满的?”——他问道。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dasa pāramī tayā dhīra, kīdisī lokanāyaka; Kathaṃ upapāramī puṇṇā, paramatthapāramī katha’’nti. – āha;
于此,先就布施巴拉密而言:舍弃外在物品,名为波罗蜜;舍弃肢体,名为近波罗蜜;舍弃生命,名为究竟义波罗蜜。此理同样适用于其余波罗蜜。如此,十波罗蜜、十近波罗蜜、十究竟义波罗蜜,合为三十波罗蜜。其中,菩萨圆满布施巴拉密的受生数量不可计量;然必定在《兔贤者本生》中——显示巴利原文
Tattha dānapāramiyaṃ tāva bāhirabhaṇḍapariccāgo pāramī nāma, aṅgapariccāgo upapāramī nāma, jīvitapariccāgo paramatthapāramī nāmāti. Esa nayo sesapāramīsupi. Evaṃ dasa pāramiyo dasa upapāramiyo dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samattiṃsa pāramiyo honti. Tattha bodhisattassa dānapāramitāya pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa sasapaṇḍitajātake –
“见有来乞食者,我舍弃了自身;
在布施上,无人与我等同,这就是我的布施巴拉密。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhikkhāya upagataṃ disvā, sakattānaṃ pariccajiṃ; Dānena me samo natthi, esā me dānapāramī’’ti. (cariyā. 1.143 tassuddānaṃ) –
如此,为他人捐舍生命者的布施巴拉密,即名究竟义波罗蜜。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ paraṃ jīvitapariccāgaṃ karontassa dānapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
同样,圆满戒波罗蜜的受生数量也无法计量。但必定,在他的《螺王本生》中——显示巴利原文
Tathā sīlapāramitāya pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekanteneva panassa saṅkhapālajātake –
即使被尖桩刺穿,被矛击打,
我亦不瞋怒于那些婆阇子,这便是我的戒波罗蜜。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sūlehi vinivijjhante, koṭṭayantepi sattibhi; Bhojaputte na kuppāmi, esā me sīlapāramī’’ti. (cariyā. 2.91) –
如此,能作自我舍弃之人,其戒波罗蜜即称为究竟义波罗蜜。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ attapariccāgaṃ karontassa sīlapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
同样,为圆满出离巴拉密而舍弃大王国,其受生次数亦不可计量。然而,在他的《小须陀素摩本生》中——显示巴利原文
Tathā mahārajjaṃ pahāya nekkhammapāramiyā pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa cūḷasutasomajātake –
大王国已入掌中,我如弃唾沫团般舍弃;
弃舍之际毫无执著,此即我的出离巴拉密。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mahārajjaṃ hatthagataṃ, kheḷapiṇḍaṃva chaḍḍayiṃ; Cajato na hoti lagganaṃ, esā me nekkhammapāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
如此,以无执著舍弃王位而出离者的出离巴拉密,即名为究竟义波罗蜜。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ nissaṅgatāya rajjaṃ chaḍḍetvā nikkhamantassa nekkhammapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
同样地,在大药智者等时期,为圆满慧波罗蜜所受生的次数,也无法计量。而可以肯定的是,在他作为敌供食智者的时期——显示巴利原文
Tathā mahosadhapaṇḍitakālādīsu paññāpāramiyā pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa sattubhattakapaṇḍitakāle –
我以慧审察,令婆罗门脱苦;
于慧,无有与我等同者——此即我的慧波罗蜜。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paññāya vicinantohaṃ, brāhmaṇaṃ mocayiṃ dukhā; Paññāya me samo natthi, esā me paññāpāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
向人展示藏在袋中之蛇者的慧波罗蜜,即称为究竟义波罗蜜。显示巴利原文
Antobhastagataṃ sappaṃ dassentassa paññāpāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
同样,圆满精进巴拉密所受生的次数,也无法计其数量。然而,在其《大阇那迦本生》中则必定——显示巴利原文
Tathā vīriyapāramitāya pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa mahājanakajātake –
不见岸,于大海中,所有人皆已丧生;
心无变易,这就是我的精进巴拉密。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Atīradassī jalamajjhe, hatā sabbeva mānusā; Cittassa aññathā natthi, esā me vīriyapāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
如此,那横渡大海者的精进巴拉密,即称为究竟义波罗蜜。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ mahāsamuddaṃ tarantassa vīriyapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
同样,在《忍辱仙人本生经》中——显示巴利原文
Tathā khantivādijātake –
“以锋利之斧砍我时,犹如砍于无心之物,
我对迦尸王不起嗔怒,此即我的忍耐巴拉密。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Acetanaṃva koṭṭente, tiṇhena pharasunā mamaṃ; Kāsirāje na kuppāmi, esā me khantipāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
如此,如同在无心状态中忍受大苦者一般,其忍耐巴拉密即称为胜义波罗蜜。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ acetanabhāvena viya mahādukkhaṃ adhivāsentassa khantipāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
又如《大须陀素摩本生经》中——显示巴利原文
Tathā mahāsutasomajātake –
“护持实语,舍我身命;
我解救了一百位刹帝利,这便是我的谛波罗蜜。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saccavācaṃnurakkhanto, cajitvā mama jīvitaṃ; Mocesiṃ ekasataṃ khattiye, esā me saccapāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
如此,舍弃生命守护真实者的谛波罗蜜,即是究竟波罗蜜。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ jīvitaṃ cajitvā saccaṃ anurakkhantassa saccapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
同样,在《哑巴月童本生》中——显示巴利原文
Tathā mūgapakkhajātake –
父母非我所憎,自身亦非所憎;
一切知智为我所爱,因此我坚守此誓愿。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mātā pitā na me dessā, attā me na ca dessiyo; Sabbaññutaṃ piyaṃ mayhaṃ, tasmā vataṃ adhiṭṭhahi’’nti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; cariyā 3.65) –
如此,为坚守誓愿而舍弃生命者,其决意波罗蜜即称为究竟义波罗蜜。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ jīvitampi pariccajitvā vataṃ adhiṭṭhahantassa adhiṭṭhānapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
同样,在《金萨摩本生》中——显示巴利原文
Tathā suvaṇṇasāmajātake –
无人令我恐惧,我亦不畏惧任何人;
以慈力而得坚固,那时我于林中怡然自乐。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na maṃ koci uttasati, napi bhāyāmi kassaci; Mettābalenupatthaddho, ramāmi pavane tadā’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; cariyā. 3.113) –
如是,不顾惜生命而修习慈心者的慈爱巴拉密,即名为究竟波罗蜜。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ jīvitampi anoloketvā mettāyantassa mettāpāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
继之,于《身毛竖立本生》中——显示巴利原文
Tato lomahaṃsajātake –
我于冢间设卧处,以死尸骸骨为枕;
村童们近前,示现种种形色。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Susāne seyyaṃ kappemi, chavaṭṭhikaṃ upanidhāyahaṃ; Gāmaṇḍalā upagantvā, rūpaṃ dassentinappaka’’nti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; cariyā. 3.119) –
如此,当村童们以唾弃等方式施加痛苦,又以花环、香、供养等方式给予快乐时,他于一切苦乐受中未曾舍弃舍心,这便是‘舍巴拉密’成就了‘究竟波罗蜜’。以上为略说,广说则应取自《行藏》。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ gāmadārakesu niṭṭhubhanādīhi ceva mālāgandhūpahārādīhi ca sukhadukkhaṃ uppādentesupi upekkhaṃ anativattantassa upekkhāpāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana cariyāpiṭakato gahetabbo.
今为展示世尊对于长老所问之回答,结集者作如是叙:显示巴利原文
Idāni therena puṭṭhassa bhagavato byākaraṇaṃ dassentehi saṅgītikārakehi –
世尊被询问后,以胜似迦陵频伽鸟的甘美音声宣说,
清凉其心,令含天神的世间也都心生欢喜。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassa puṭṭho viyākāsi, karavīkamadhuragiro; Nibbāpayanto hadayaṃ, hāsayanto sadevakaṃ.
这是过去诸佛、诸胜利者所宣说的法,被珍藏并经由佛陀的传承延续至今;
他以宿住随念智,向包括天神的世间开示了利益世间之法——《佛种姓经》。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Atītabuddhānaṃ jinānaṃ desitaṃ, nikīlitaṃ buddhaparamparāgataṃ; Pubbenivāsānugatāya buddhiyā, pakāsayī lokahitaṃ sadevake’’ti. – vuttaṃ;
在此,“他被问后回答”:世尊被那位法将军(舍利弗长老)询问后,为他解说,即从最初发愿直至成就正等觉,叙述了一切佛种姓。“妙声胜似迦陵频伽”:指音声如同迦陵频伽鸟般甜美的人,即拥有迦陵频伽般悦耳的声音。关于迦陵频伽的妙音,有如此传说:迦陵频伽鸟用喙啄食甘甜的熟芒果,吸饮其汁,饮后便拍动翅膀发出鸣声。那时,四足众生听闻其声,皆如醉般嬉戏;正在觅食的四足畜群会吐掉口中草料,凝神倾听;猛兽即便正在追捕小兽,也会提起一足,悬停空中,如同画中形象一般凝住;被追逐的鹿也会抛下死亡恐惧,站立不动;空中的飞鸟会展开双翅停于半空;水中的鱼亦凝然不动,静聆此声。迦陵频伽鸟的音声便是如此甜美。“清凉世间之心”:用法雨甘露,令被烦恼之火炽烧的一切众生心生清凉,即是此义。“令欢喜”:即令人满足。“含天神的”:指含摄天神的世间。显示巴利原文
Tattha tassa puṭṭho viyākāsīti tena dhammasenāpatinā puṭṭho hutvā tassa byākāsi, attano abhinīhārato paṭṭhāya abhisambodhipariyosānaṃ sabbaṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ kathesīti attho. Karavīkamadhuragiroti karavīkasakuṇassa viya madhurā girā yassa so karavīkamadhuragiro, karavīkamadhuramañjussaroti attho. Tatridaṃ karavīkānaṃ madhurassaratā – karavīkasakuṇā kira madhurarasaṃ ambapakkaṃ mukhatuṇḍakena paharitvā paggharitaṃ phalarasaṃ pivitvā pakkhena tāḷaṃ datvā vikūjamāne catuppadā madamattā viya laḷituṃ ārabhanti, gocarapasutāpi catuppadagaṇā mukhagatānipi tiṇāni chaḍḍetvā taṃ nādaṃ suṇanti, vāḷamigā khuddakamige anubandhamānā ukkhittaṃ pādaṃ anikkhipitvā cittakatā viya tiṭṭhanti, anubandhamigāpi maraṇabhayaṃ hitvā tiṭṭhanti, ākāse pakkhandantā pakkhinopi pakkhe pasāretvā tiṭṭhanti, udake macchāpi kaṇṇapaṭalaṃ acālentā taṃ saddaṃ suṇamānā tiṭṭhanti. Evaṃ madhurassarā karavīkā (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.38; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.386). Nibbāpayanto hadayanti kilesaggisantattasabbajanamānasaṃ dhammakathāmatadhārāya sītibhāvaṃ janayantoti attho. Hāsayantoti tosayanto. Sadevakanti sadevakaṃ lokaṃ.
“Atītabuddhānaṃ”指过去诸佛。在我们世尊发愿之前,有四位佛陀——渴爱见佛、慧见佛、皈依见佛、燃灯佛,于同一劫中出世。其后,有憍陈如佛等二十三位佛陀。因此,以燃灯佛为首的二十四佛,在此称为“过去诸佛”。“Jinānaṃ”是其同义词。“Desitaṃ”指所说之法,即这二十四佛所说的四圣谛相关法语。“Nikīlitaṃ”指其生平事迹,如劫、种姓、家族、寿命、菩提、声闻集会、侍者、父母、子女等详细记载,称为编集。“Buddhaparamparāgataṃ”指从十力者燃灯佛起,直至迦叶佛,依佛陀相续传承而来的所说或编集。以宿命随念智(“Pubbenivāsānugatāya buddhiyā”),即依“一生、二生……”等如此忆念(如《中部》等所说)的过去居住的蕴相续,随顺、趋近的智慧,也就是宿命随念智。宣说(“Pakāsayī”)即说明。利益世间(“Lokahitaṃ”)即饶益一切世间的佛种姓。“Sadevake”指连同天人一并的世间。显示巴利原文
Atītabuddhānanti atītānaṃ buddhānaṃ. Amhākaṃ bhagavato abhinīhārassa purato pana taṇhaṅkaro medhaṅkaro saraṇaṅkaro dīpaṅkaroti cattāro buddhā ekasmiṃ kappe nibbattiṃsu. Tesaṃ aparabhāge koṇḍaññādayo tevīsati buddhāti sabbe dīpaṅkarādayo catuvīsati buddhā idha ‘‘atītabuddhā’’ti adhippetā, tesaṃ atītabuddhānaṃ. Jinānanti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Desitanti kathitaṃ. Catuvīsatiyā buddhānaṃ catusaccapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammakathaṃ. Nikīlitanti tesaṃ caritaṃ kappajātigottāyubodhisāvakasannipātaupaṭṭhākamātāpituputtabhariyāparicchedādikaṃ nikīlitaṃ nāma. Buddhaparamparāgatanti dīpaṅkaradasabalato paṭṭhāya yāva kassapaparamparato āgataṃ desitaṃ nikīlitaṃ vāti attho. Pubbenivāsānugatāya buddhiyāti ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyoti (ma. ni. 1.148, 384, 421; 2.233; 3.82; pārā. 12) evaṃ vibhattaṃ pubbe nivuṭṭhakkhandhasantānasaṅkhātaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anugatā upagatā tāya pubbenivāsānugatāya buddhiyā, pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇenāti attho. Pakāsayīti byākāsi. Lokahitanti sabbalokahitaṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ. Sadevaketi sadevake loketi attho.
80 那时,世尊以悲心清凉之心,策励含天神的世间侧耳聆听,说道:“生起喜与欢悦”等。在此,“生起喜与欢悦”:能令生起喜与欢悦,欢悦是喜的前兆,即令五种喜生起。“除遣忧箭”:摧毁、灭除称为“忧”的箭。“获得一切成就”:由此佛种姓开示,能获得一切天、人等成就,故称“获得一切成就”,即是这部带来一切成就的佛种姓开示。“存心恭敬”:将之置于心中,即先以佛随念而行。“请听”:请仔细谛听、了知。“我的”:这是我所说。显示巴利原文
80. Atha bhagavā karuṇāsītalena hadayena sadevakaṃ lokaṃ savane niyojento ‘‘pītipāmojjajanana’’ntiādimāha. Tattha pītipāmojjajanananti pītipāmojjakaraṃ pītiyā pubbabhāgaṃ pāmojjaṃ, pañcavaṇṇāya pītiyā janananti attho. Sokasallavinodananti sokasaṅkhātānaṃ sallānaṃ vinodanaṃ viddhaṃsanaṃ. Sabbasampattipaṭilābhanti sabbāpi devamanussasampattiādayo sampattiyo paṭilabhanti etenāti sabbasampattipaṭilābho, taṃ sabbasampattipaṭilābhaṃ buddhavaṃsadesananti attho. Cittīkatvāti citte katvā, buddhānussatiṃ purakkhatvāti attho. Suṇāthāti nisāmetha nibodhatha. Meti mama.
81 「破坏骄慢」:摧毁出身骄慢等一切骄慢。「除忧」:所谓忧,是指因亲属遭遇灾祸等触恼而生起的内心热恼。虽然从本质上说它即是忧受,但此处以其特性为内心烧灼,作用为令心全然焚烧,现起为反复忧愁。能除去这种忧的,便称为「除忧」,即除去忧。「从轮回解脱」:能令人从轮回的束缚中解脱。或者读作「超越轮回」,意为能令人超越轮回。显示巴利原文
81.Madanimmadananti jātimadādīnaṃ sabbamadānaṃ nimmadanakaraṃ. Sokanudanti soko nāma ñātibyasanādīhi phuṭṭhassa cittasantāpo. Kiñcāpi atthato domanassameva hoti, evaṃ santepi antonijjhānalakkhaṇo, cetaso parinijjhāyanaraso, anusocanapaccupaṭṭhāno, taṃ sokaṃ nudatīti sokanudo, taṃ sokanudaṃ. Saṃsāraparimocananti saṃsārabandhanato parimocanakaraṃ. ‘‘Saṃsārasamatikkama’’ntipi pāṭho, tassa saṃsārasamatikkamakaranti attho.
「灭尽一切苦」:这里的“苦”字,在苦受、苦事、苦所缘、苦缘、苦的处所等义中出现。因为此词在“为了断苦”等处(长部1.232;中部1.383, 430;波罗夷11)指苦受;在“生也是苦,老也是苦”等处(长部2.387;相应部5.1081)指苦事;在“摩诃梨,因为色是苦,随苦而至,陷入于苦”等处(相应部3.60)指苦所缘;在“恶的积聚是苦”等处(法句经117)指苦缘;在“诸比丘,于此,用语言也难说尽地狱有多苦”等处(中部3.250)指苦的处所。但在这里,应把它看作苦事与苦缘。因此,意思是能令生等一切苦灭尽(法集论注2等)。「道」:在这里,善求者探寻它,或者摧破烦恼而行,故称为道,这是指佛种姓的教说,即作为通往涅槃之道的佛种姓教说。「恭敬」:即心存恭敬,侧耳倾听,这是其义。「应实践」:即应依教奉行,应听闻,这是其义。或者:在听闻了这部能生起喜与欢悦、能除遣忧箭、能成为获得一切成就之因的佛种姓教说之后,现在为了成就那能带来破坏骄慢等殊胜功德、灭尽一切苦的成佛之道,应当去实践!如此,策励一切天、人发起成就佛道之心。显示巴利原文
Sabbadukkhakkhayanti ettha dukkha-saddo dukkhavedanā-dukkhavatthu-dukkhārammaṇa-dukkhapaccaya-dukkhaṭṭhānādīsu dissati. Ayañhi ‘‘dukkhassa ca pahānā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.232; ma. ni. 1.383, 430; pārā. 11) dukkhavedanāyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Jātipi dukkhā jarāpi dukkhā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.387; saṃ. ni. 5.1081) dukkhavatthusmiṃ. ‘‘Yasmā ca kho, mahāli, rūpaṃ dukkhaṃ dukkhānupatitaṃ dukkhāvakkanta’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 3.60) dukkhārammaṇe. ‘‘Dukkho pāpassa uccayo’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. 117) dukkhapaccaye. ‘‘Yāvañcidaṃ, bhikkhave, na sukarā akkhānena pāpuṇitaṃ yāva dukkhā nirayā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.250) dukkhaṭṭhāne. Idha panāyaṃ dukkhavatthusmiṃ dukkhapaccayepi ca daṭṭhabbo. Tasmā jātiādisabbadukkhakkhayakaranti attho (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 2 ādayo). Magganti ettha kusalatthikehi maggīyati, kilese vā mārento gacchatīti maggoti buddhavaṃsadesanā vuccati, taṃ nibbānassa maggabhūtaṃ buddhavaṃsadesanaṃ. Sakkaccanti sakkaccaṃ cittīkatvā, ohitasotā hutvāti attho. Paṭipajjathāti adhitiṭṭhatha, suṇāthāti attho. Atha vā pītipāmojjajananaṃ sokasallavinodanaṃ sabbasampattipaṭilābhahetubhūtaṃ imaṃ buddhavaṃsadesanaṃ sutvā idāni madanimmadanādiguṇavisesāvahaṃ sabbadukkhakkhayaṃ buddhabhāvamaggaṃ paṭipajjathāti sabbesaṃ devamanussānaṃ buddhattaṃ paṇidhāya ussāhaṃ janeti. Sesamettha uttānamevāti.
至此,有关内在因缘的义注,已以一切方式完整解释完毕。显示巴利原文
Niṭṭhitā ca sabbākārena abbhantaranidānassatthavaṇṇanā.